Difference between revisions of "Service Manager Business Process Workflow"

From Hornbill
Jump to navigation Jump to search
 
(70 intermediate revisions by 4 users not shown)
Line 1: Line 1:
 +
This document can now be found at its new location in the [https://docs.hornbill.com/servicemanager-config/customize/workflows/using-workflows-with-service-manager Hornbill Document Library].
 +
 +
[[file:hornbill-document-library.png|Service Manager Workflow|link=https://docs.hornbill.com/servicemanager-config/customize/workflows/using-workflows-with-service-manager]]
 +
<!--
 +
 +
 
{{bluebanner|[[Main Page|Home]] > [[Administration]] > [[Service Manager Administration |Service Manager]] > Business Process Workflow|[[:Category:Administration|Index]]}}
 
{{bluebanner|[[Main Page|Home]] > [[Administration]] > [[Service Manager Administration |Service Manager]] > Business Process Workflow|[[:Category:Administration|Index]]}}
 
{{IntroAndLinks|
 
{{IntroAndLinks|
The Service Manager Business Process Workflow is used to automate the processing of the requests that have been raised.  This page contains information on the Service Manager specific automated tasks that can be used in the [[Business Process Designer]] to build unique and powerful processes for your requests.|
+
The Service Manager Business Process Workflow is used to automate the processing of the requests that have been raised.  This page contains information on the Service Manager automated tasks that can be used in the [[Business Process Designer]] to build unique and powerful processes for your requests.|
 
:* [[Business Process Designer]]
 
:* [[Business Process Designer]]
 
:* [[Request Variables]]
 
:* [[Request Variables]]
|}
+
:* [[Core Hornbill Automations]]
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!-- *                                                    Automation Template                                                      -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!-- Copy and paste the template below to create a new Hornbill Automation section.
 
nameOfTag:                  This is a link that can be used to jump to this section from a URL or link from another wiki page.
 
Name of Automation:        Then of the Hornbill Automation as seen in the BPM Designer
 
nameOfFile:                Name of the image.  example BpmUpdateChangeType
 
Description of Automation:  Brief description of what this automation does or where it can be used
 
Name of Option:            Name of the Option as displayed in the BPM Designer
 
Description of Option      Description of how this option is used
 
  
-- Start Copy--
 
{{BPMAutomation|<nameOfTag>|<Name Of Automation>|
 
[[File:<nameOfFile>.png|thumb|link=]]|
 
<Description of Automation>|
 
{{bullet1|<Name of Option>|<Description of Option>}}
 
}}
 
-- Finish Copy --
 
-->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                    Service Manager Boards                                                  * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
  
 
==Boards==
 
==Boards==
 
'''Please Note:''' Service Manager Boards have now been deprecated and replaced with [[Board_Manager|'''Hornbill Board Manager''']]. The available Board Manager business process operations are outlined [[Board_Manager_Business_Process_Workflow|'''here''']]. Use the Boards nodes to automatically add, move or remove a Request from an existing Board. Requests can be added to one or multiple Boards in Service Manager, and can be moved between Lists on specified Boards automatically.
 
'''Please Note:''' Service Manager Boards have now been deprecated and replaced with [[Board_Manager|'''Hornbill Board Manager''']]. The available Board Manager business process operations are outlined [[Board_Manager_Business_Process_Workflow|'''here''']]. Use the Boards nodes to automatically add, move or remove a Request from an existing Board. Requests can be added to one or multiple Boards in Service Manager, and can be moved between Lists on specified Boards automatically.
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                Add Comment to Board                                                      * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|AddCommentToBoard|Add Comment To Board|
 
{{BPMAutomation|AddCommentToBoard|Add Comment To Board|
 
[[File:bpmaddcommenttoboard.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/9e/Bpmaddcommenttoboard.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmaddcommenttoboard.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/9e/Bpmaddcommenttoboard.png]]|
Line 43: Line 24:
 
{{bullet1|Comment|The actual comment, as it will appear on the card on the Board}}
 
{{bullet1|Comment|The actual comment, as it will appear on the card on the Board}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                Add Request to Board                                                      * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|addRequesttoBoard|Add Request to Board|
 
{{BPMAutomation|addRequesttoBoard|Add Request to Board|
 
[[File:bpmaddrequesttoboard.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/96/Bpmaddrequesttoboard.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmaddrequesttoboard.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/96/Bpmaddrequesttoboard.png]]|
Line 53: Line 32:
 
{{bullet1|List|The name of the list from the above specified board to which the Request card will be added}}
 
{{bullet1|List|The name of the list from the above specified board to which the Request card will be added}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                              Remove Request from Board                                                    * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|removeRequestFromBoard|Remove Request from Board|
 
{{BPMAutomation|removeRequestFromBoard|Remove Request from Board|
 
[[File:bpmremoverequestfromboard.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/07/Bpmremoverequestfromboard.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmremoverequestfromboard.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/07/Bpmremoverequestfromboard.png]]|
Line 63: Line 40:
 
}}
 
}}
  
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                    Change Requests                                                        * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
  
 
==Change Requests==
 
==Change Requests==
 
Use these nodes at any stage in a process to automate Change Request specific actions.
 
Use these nodes at any stage in a process to automate Change Request specific actions.
 +
===Get Information===
 +
 +
{{BPMAutomation|getChangeInformation|GetInformation|
 +
[[File:bpmgetchangeinfo.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/34/Bpmgetchangeinfo.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to get extended change information from a Change Request.|
 +
{{bullet1|Backout Plan|Get the Backout Plan for the change}}
 +
{{bullet1|Change Category|Get the category set against the change}}
 +
{{bullet1|Change Justification|Get the Justification information from the change}}
 +
{{bullet1|Change Type|Get the Change Type}}
 +
{{bullet1|Communication Plan|Get the Communication Plan for the change}}
 +
{{bullet1|Disruption Level|Get the Disruption Level for the change}}
 +
{{bullet1|End Time|Get the time when the change is set to be completed}}
 +
{{bullet1|Implementation Plan|Get the Implementation Plan}}
 +
{{bullet1|Is Scheduled|Get information about if the change is scheduled or not}}
 +
{{bullet1|Proposed End Time|Get the proposed end time of the change}}
 +
{{bullet1|Proposed Start Time|Get the proposed start time of the change}}
 +
{{bullet1|Security Implication|Get any security implications that have been added to the change}}
 +
{{bullet1|Start Time|Get the start time for the change}}
 +
{{bullet1|Support Plan|Get the support plan for the change}}
 +
{{bullet1|Test Plan|Get the test plan for the change}}
 +
}}
 +
 
=== Suspend ===
 
=== Suspend ===
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                WAIT FOR CHANGE TYPE                                                      * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|waitForChangeType|Wait For Change Type|
 
{{BPMAutomation|waitForChangeType|Wait For Change Type|
 
[[File:bpmwaitforchangetype.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/09/Bpmwaitforchangetype.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmwaitforchangetype.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/09/Bpmwaitforchangetype.png]]|
Line 80: Line 73:
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
 
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus when using this suspend node.}}
 
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus when using this suspend node.}}
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  When this date and time is reached, the BPM will automatically continue.  An outcome of ''Expired'' will be provided to allow for a decision node to be place after this operation to determine how the expired operation will be managed.}}
+
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.  When this date and time is reached, the BPM will automatically continue.  An outcome of ''Expired'' will be provided to allow for a decision node to be placed after this operation to determine how the expired operation will be managed.}}
 
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
Line 86: Line 79:
 
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                              WAIT FOR REQUEST SCHEDULE                                                    * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|waitForRequestSchedule|Wait For Request Schedule|
 
{{BPMAutomation|waitForRequestSchedule|Wait For Request Schedule|
 
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestschedule.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/b/b3/Bpmwaitforrequestschedule.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestschedule.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/b/b3/Bpmwaitforrequestschedule.png]]|
Line 94: Line 85:
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
 
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus when using this suspend node.}}
 
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus when using this suspend node.}}
{{bullet1|Expire Period|Set a date and time for which this operation will expire.  When this date and time is reached, the BPM will automatically continue.  An outcome of ''Expired'' will be provided to allow for a decision node to be place after this operation to determine how the expired operation will be managed.}}
+
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.  When this date and time is reached, the BPM will automatically continue.  An outcome of ''Expired'' will be provided to allow for a decision node to be placed after this operation to determine how the expired operation will be managed.}}
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  When this date and time is reached, the BPM will automatically continue.  An outcome of ''Expired'' will be provided to allow for a decision node to be place after this operation to determine how the expired operation will be managed.}}
 
 
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
Line 102: Line 92:
 
}}
 
}}
  
 +
=== Update Request ===
  
=== Update Request ===
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                              ADD TO CHANGE CALENDAR                                                      * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|addToChangeCalendar|Add to Change Calendar|
 
{{BPMAutomation|addToChangeCalendar|Add to Change Calendar|
 
[[File:bpmaddtochangecalendar.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/9e/Bpmaddtochangecalendar.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmaddtochangecalendar.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/9e/Bpmaddtochangecalendar.png]]|
Line 118: Line 105:
 
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
 
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                              REMOVE FROM CHANGE CALENDAR                                                  * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|removeFromChangeCalendar|Remove from Change Calendar|
 
{{BPMAutomation|removeFromChangeCalendar|Remove from Change Calendar|
 
[[File:bpmremovefromchangecalendar.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/8/82/Bpmremovefromchangecalendar.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmremovefromchangecalendar.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/8/82/Bpmremovefromchangecalendar.png]]|
Line 127: Line 112:
 
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
 
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  UPDATE CHANGE TYPE                                                      * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|changeType|Change Type|
 
{{BPMAutomation|changeType|Change Type|
 
[[File:bpmchangetype.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/1c/Bpmchangetype.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmchangetype.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/1c/Bpmchangetype.png]]|
Line 139: Line 122:
  
 
== Known Errors ==
 
== Known Errors ==
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                    Known Errors                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
Use these nodes at any stage in a process to automate Known Error specific actions.
 
Use these nodes at any stage in a process to automate Known Error specific actions.
 
=== Get Information===
 
=== Get Information===
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                Known Error Details                                                        * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|Known_Error_Details|Known Error Details|
 
{{BPMAutomation|Known_Error_Details|Known Error Details|
 
[[File:bpmknownerrordetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/ca/Bpmknownerrordetails.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmknownerrordetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/ca/Bpmknownerrordetails.png]]|
Line 156: Line 133:
  
 
=== Update Known Error ===
 
=== Update Known Error ===
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                Update Known Error                                                        * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Known_Error_Details|Update Known Error Details|
 
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Known_Error_Details|Update Known Error Details|
 
[[File:bpmupdateknownerror.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/6d/Bpmupdateknownerror.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmupdateknownerror.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/6d/Bpmupdateknownerror.png]]|
Line 170: Line 145:
 
}}
 
}}
  
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                    Problem Records                                                        * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
  
 
==Problem Records==
 
==Problem Records==
 
Use these nodes at any stage in a process to automate Problem Record specific actions.
 
Use these nodes at any stage in a process to automate Problem Record specific actions.
 
=== Get Information ===
 
=== Get Information ===
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                    Problem Details                                                        * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|Problem_Details|Problem Details|
 
{{BPMAutomation|Problem_Details|Problem Details|
 
[[File:bpmproblemdetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/cc/Bpmproblemdetails.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmproblemdetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/cc/Bpmproblemdetails.png]]|
Line 189: Line 158:
  
 
=== Suspend ===
 
=== Suspend ===
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  Wait for Problem Workaround                                              * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|waitForProblemWorkaround|Wait for Workaround|
 
{{BPMAutomation|waitForProblemWorkaround|Wait for Workaround|
 
[[File:bpmwaitforproblemworkaround.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/3b/Bpmwaitforproblemworkaround.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmwaitforproblemworkaround.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/3b/Bpmwaitforproblemworkaround.png]]|
Line 197: Line 164:
 
{{bullet1|RequestID|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
 
{{bullet1|RequestID|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
 
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus while the process is suspended}}
 
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus while the process is suspended}}
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  When this date and time is reached, the BPM will automatically continue.  An outcome of ''Expired'' will be provided to allow for a decision node to be place after this operation to determine how the expired operation will be managed.}}
+
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.  When this date and time is reached, the BPM will automatically continue.  An outcome of ''Expired'' will be provided to allow for a decision node to be placed after this operation to determine how the expired operation will be managed.}}
 
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
Line 203: Line 170:
 
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 
}}
 
}}
 +
 
=== Update Problem ===
 
=== Update Problem ===
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                    Update Problem Details                                                * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Problem_Details|Problem Details|
 
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Problem_Details|Problem Details|
 
[[File:bpmproblemdetails.png|thumb|link=]]|
 
[[File:bpmproblemdetails.png|thumb|link=]]|
Line 218: Line 184:
 
}}
 
}}
  
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                    Release Records                                                        * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
  
 
==Releases==
 
==Releases==
 
Use this node at any stage in a process to automate Release specific actions.
 
Use this node at any stage in a process to automate Release specific actions.
 
=== Suspend ===
 
=== Suspend ===
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  Wait for Release Type                                                    * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|waitForReleaseType|Wait for Release Type|
 
{{BPMAutomation|waitForReleaseType|Wait for Release Type|
 
[[File:bpmwaitforreleasetype.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/0b/Bpmwaitforreleasetype.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmwaitforreleasetype.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/0b/Bpmwaitforreleasetype.png]]|
Line 235: Line 195:
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
 
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus when using this suspend node.}}
 
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus when using this suspend node.}}
{{bullet1|Expire Period|Set a date and time for which this operation will expire.  When this date and time is reached, the BPM will automatically continue.  An outcome of ''Expired'' will be provided to allow for a decision node to be place after this operation to determine how the expired operation will be managed.}}
+
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.  When this date and time is reached, the BPM will automatically continue.  An outcome of ''Expired'' will be provided to allow for a decision node to be placed after this operation to determine how the expired operation will be managed.}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  Wait for Request Schedule                                                * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|waitforrelaseschedule|Wait for Request Schedule|
 
{{BPMAutomation|waitforrelaseschedule|Wait for Request Schedule|
 
[[File:bpmwaitforreleaseschedule.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a4/Bpmwaitforreleaseschedule.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmwaitforreleaseschedule.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a4/Bpmwaitforreleaseschedule.png]]|
Line 245: Line 203:
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
 
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus when using this suspend node.}}
 
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus when using this suspend node.}}
{{bullet1|Expire Period|Set a date and time for which this operation will expire.  When this date and time is reached, the BPM will automatically continue.  An outcome of ''Expired'' will be provided to allow for a decision node to be place after this operation to determine how the expired operation will be managed.}}
+
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.  When this date and time is reached, the BPM will automatically continue.  An outcome of ''Expired'' will be provided to allow for a decision node to be placed after this operation to determine how the expired operation will be managed.}}
 
}}
 
}}
  
 
=== Update Request ===
 
=== Update Request ===
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  Add to Change Calendar                                                  * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|addreleasetocalendar|Add to Change Calendar|
 
{{BPMAutomation|addreleasetocalendar|Add to Change Calendar|
 
[[File:bpmaddreleasetocalendar.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/1a/Bpmaddreleasetocalendar.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmaddreleasetocalendar.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/1a/Bpmaddreleasetocalendar.png]]|
Line 263: Line 219:
 
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
 
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  Remove From Change Calendar                                              * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|removeReleaseFromCalendar|Remove from Change Calendar|
 
{{BPMAutomation|removeReleaseFromCalendar|Remove from Change Calendar|
 
[[File:bpmremovereleasefromcalendar.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/ec/Bpmremovereleasefromcalendar.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmremovereleasefromcalendar.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/ec/Bpmremovereleasefromcalendar.png]]|
Line 272: Line 226:
 
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
 
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  Update Release Type                                                      * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|updateReleaseType|Release Type |
 
{{BPMAutomation|updateReleaseType|Release Type |
 
[[File:bpmupdatereleasetype.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/4/47/Bpmupdatereleasetype.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmupdatereleasetype.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/4/47/Bpmupdatereleasetype.png]]|
Line 283: Line 235:
 
}}
 
}}
  
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                    Request Connections                                                    * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
  
 
==Request Connections==
 
==Request Connections==
 
Use the Request Connections node at any stage in a process to automatically add additional contact's and or co-worker's to a request and define their connection type to the request.  Other options include automatically emailing connections of different types, and removing one or all connections at any stage.
 
Use the Request Connections node at any stage in a process to automatically add additional contact's and or co-worker's to a request and define their connection type to the request.  Other options include automatically emailing connections of different types, and removing one or all connections at any stage.
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  Add Connection                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|AddConnection|Add Connection|
 
{{BPMAutomation|AddConnection|Add Connection|
 
[[File:bpmaddconnection.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/ae/Bpmaddconnection.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmaddconnection.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/ae/Bpmaddconnection.png]]|
Line 305: Line 251:
 
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this node has completed}}
 
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this node has completed}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  Email Connections                                                        * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|EmailConnections|Email Connections|
 
{{BPMAutomation|EmailConnections|Email Connections|
 
[[File:bpmemailconnections.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/3c/Bpmemailconnections.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmemailconnections.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/3c/Bpmemailconnections.png]]|
Line 319: Line 263:
 
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this node has completed}}
 
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this node has completed}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                Remove All Connections                                                      * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|RemoveAllConnections|Remove All Connections|
 
{{BPMAutomation|RemoveAllConnections|Remove All Connections|
 
[[File:bpmremoveallconnections.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/9d/Bpmremoveallconnections.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmremoveallconnections.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/9d/Bpmremoveallconnections.png]]|
Line 330: Line 272:
 
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this node has completed}}
 
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this node has completed}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  Remove Connection                                                        * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|RemoveConnection|Remove Connection|
 
{{BPMAutomation|RemoveConnection|Remove Connection|
 
[[File:bpmremoveconnection.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/55/Bpmremoveconnection.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmremoveconnection.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/55/Bpmremoveconnection.png]]|
Line 342: Line 282:
 
}}
 
}}
  
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                    Request Members                                                        * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
  
 
==Request Members==
 
==Request Members==
  
 
Use the Request Members node at any stage in a process to automatically add or remove another analyst or subject matter expert into a Request. Members can be added even if they do not have the rights to view the request type, nor the requests which belong to the team against which the request belongs. The added Member's rights will be elevated just for the specific Request. Members can be notified about being added via Hornbill Notifications, and or email depending on the following Service Manager system setting: '''guest.app.requests.notification.notificationType.members'''
 
Use the Request Members node at any stage in a process to automatically add or remove another analyst or subject matter expert into a Request. Members can be added even if they do not have the rights to view the request type, nor the requests which belong to the team against which the request belongs. The added Member's rights will be elevated just for the specific Request. Members can be notified about being added via Hornbill Notifications, and or email depending on the following Service Manager system setting: '''guest.app.requests.notification.notificationType.members'''
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  Add Request Member                                                        * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|AddRequestMember|Add Request Member|
 
{{BPMAutomation|AddRequestMember|Add Request Member|
 
[[File:bpmaddrequestmember.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/2c/Bpmaddrequestmember.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmaddrequestmember.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/2c/Bpmaddrequestmember.png]]|
Line 361: Line 295:
 
{{bullet1|Member (From Variable)|This option can contain the Co-worker to be added as a Request member. If supplied, "Member (From Variable)" option will be ignored}}
 
{{bullet1|Member (From Variable)|This option can contain the Co-worker to be added as a Request member. If supplied, "Member (From Variable)" option will be ignored}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                Remove Request Member                                                        * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|RemoveRequestMember|Remove Request Member|
 
{{BPMAutomation|RemoveRequestMember|Remove Request Member|
 
[[File:bpmaremoverequestmember.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/3c/Bpmaremoverequestmember.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmaremoverequestmember.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/3c/Bpmaremoverequestmember.png]]|
Line 372: Line 304:
 
}}
 
}}
  
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                          Request Notices                                                  * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
  
 
== Request Notices ==
 
== Request Notices ==
  
 
Use this Hornbill Automation to add or remove a notice which is displayed at the top of the request.
 
Use this Hornbill Automation to add or remove a notice which is displayed at the top of the request.
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                        Add Notice                                                          * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Notice|Add Notice|
 
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Notice|Add Notice|
 
[[File:bpmaddrequestnotice.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/6f/Bpmaddrequestnotice.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmaddrequestnotice.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/6f/Bpmaddrequestnotice.png]]|
Line 395: Line 321:
 
{{bullet1|Timeline Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than Customer will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 
{{bullet1|Timeline Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than Customer will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                      Remove Notice                                                          * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|Remove_Notice|Remove Notice|
 
{{BPMAutomation|Remove_Notice|Remove Notice|
 
[[File:bpmremoverequestnotice.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/6d/Bpmremoverequestnotice.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmremoverequestnotice.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/6d/Bpmremoverequestnotice.png]]|
Line 409: Line 333:
 
}}
 
}}
  
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                          Requests                                                          * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
  
 
==Requests==
 
==Requests==
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                      Access Control                                                      * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
  
 
==== Access Control ====
 
==== Access Control ====
  
 
Use the Access Control to lock or unlock the Details section or the Actions on a request.  Only users with the appropriate application right (update locked requests) will be able to modify the details or use an Action once locked. This right has been added to the following roles: Incident Management Full Access, Change Management Full Access, Problem Management Full Access, Release Management Full Access, Service Request Full Access, and Service Desk Admin.
 
Use the Access Control to lock or unlock the Details section or the Actions on a request.  Only users with the appropriate application right (update locked requests) will be able to modify the details or use an Action once locked. This right has been added to the following roles: Incident Management Full Access, Change Management Full Access, Problem Management Full Access, Release Management Full Access, Service Request Full Access, and Service Desk Admin.
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                Lock / Unlock Request Actions                                                * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|LockRequestActions|Lock / Unlock Request Actions|
 
{{BPMAutomation|LockRequestActions|Lock / Unlock Request Actions|
 
[[File:bpmlockrequestactions.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/3a/Bpmlockrequestactions.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmlockrequestactions.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/3a/Bpmlockrequestactions.png]]|
Line 452: Line 366:
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Provide a custom Timeline Update message when a lock or unlock has taken place}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Provide a custom Timeline Update message when a lock or unlock has taken place}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                    Lock Request Details                                                    * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|LockRequestDetails|Lock Request Details|
 
{{BPMAutomation|LockRequestDetails|Lock Request Details|
 
[[File:bpmlockrequestdetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/59/Bpmlockrequestdetails.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmlockrequestdetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/59/Bpmlockrequestdetails.png]]|
Line 462: Line 374:
 
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  Unlock Request Details                                                    * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|UnlockRequestDetails|Unlock Request Details|
 
{{BPMAutomation|UnlockRequestDetails|Unlock Request Details|
 
[[File:bpmunlockrequestdetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/7/7d/Bpmunlockrequestdetails.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmunlockrequestdetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/7/7d/Bpmunlockrequestdetails.png]]|
Line 473: Line 383:
 
}}
 
}}
  
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                      Assessment                                                          * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
==== Assessment ====
 
==== Assessment ====
 
Use the Assessment node to initiate an Impact Assessment on a request
 
Use the Assessment node to initiate an Impact Assessment on a request
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  Impact  Assessment                                                        * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|ImpactAssessment|Impact Assessment|
 
{{BPMAutomation|ImpactAssessment|Impact Assessment|
 
[[File:bpmimpactassessment.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/e1/Bpmimpactassessment.png]]|
 
[[File:bpmimpactassessment.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/e1/Bpmimpactassessment.png]]|
Line 491: Line 395:
 
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                      Assets                                                              * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
====Assets====
 
====Assets====
 
Use these Hornbill Automations for managing assets that are associated to the request
 
Use these Hornbill Automations for managing assets that are associated to the request
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  Add All Owned by Customer                                                * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|Add_All_Owned_by_Customer|Add All Owned by Customer|
 
{{BPMAutomation|Add_All_Owned_by_Customer|Add All Owned by Customer|
 
[[File:Add_All_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/16/Add_All_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
 
[[File:Add_All_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/16/Add_All_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
Line 509: Line 407:
 
{{bullet1|Timeline Visibility|The request timeline post visibility. If not specified, the application option value will be used.}}
 
{{bullet1|Timeline Visibility|The request timeline post visibility. If not specified, the application option value will be used.}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                            Add Generic Assets Owned by Customer                                            * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Generic_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Generic Assets Owned by Customer|
 
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Generic_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Generic Assets Owned by Customer|
 
[[File:Add_Generic_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/53/Add_Generic_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
 
[[File:Add_Generic_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/53/Add_Generic_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
Line 522: Line 418:
 
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}   
 
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}   
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                            Add Computer System Assets Owned by Customer                                    * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Computer_System_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Computer System Assets Owned by Customer|
 
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Computer_System_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Computer System Assets Owned by Customer|
 
[[File:Add_Computer_System_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/1b/Add_Computer_System_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
 
[[File:Add_Computer_System_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/1b/Add_Computer_System_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
Line 535: Line 429:
 
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}  
 
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}  
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                          Add Computer Peripheral Assets Owned by Customer                                  * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Computer Peripheral Assets Owned by Customer|
 
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Computer Peripheral Assets Owned by Customer|
 
[[File:Add_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/07/Add_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
 
[[File:Add_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/07/Add_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
Line 548: Line 440:
 
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}  
 
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}  
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                          Add Mobile Device Assets Owned by Customer                                        * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Mobile_Device_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Mobile Device Assets Owned by Customer|
 
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Mobile_Device_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Mobile Device Assets Owned by Customer|
 
[[File:Add_Mobile_Device_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/2c/Add_Mobile_Device_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
 
[[File:Add_Mobile_Device_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/2c/Add_Mobile_Device_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
Line 561: Line 451:
 
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}  
 
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}  
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                          Add Network Device Assets Owned by Customer                                        * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Network_Device_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Network Device Assets Owned by Customer|
 
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Network_Device_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Network Device Assets Owned by Customer|
 
[[File:Add_Network_Device_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/38/Add_Network_Device_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
 
[[File:Add_Network_Device_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/38/Add_Network_Device_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
Line 574: Line 462:
 
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}  
 
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}  
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                              Add Printer Assets Owned by Customer                                          * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Printer_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Printer Assets Owned by Customer|
 
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Printer_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Printer Assets Owned by Customer|
 
[[File:Add_Printer_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/8/8b/Add_Printer_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
 
[[File:Add_Printer_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/8/8b/Add_Printer_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
Line 587: Line 473:
 
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}  
 
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}  
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                              Add Software Assets Owned by Customer                                          * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Software_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Software Assets Owned by Customer|
 
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Software_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Software Assets Owned by Customer|
 
[[File:Add_Software_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/5a/Add_Software_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
 
[[File:Add_Software_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/5a/Add_Software_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
Line 600: Line 484:
 
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}  
 
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}  
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                Add Telecoms Assets Owned by Customer                                        * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Telecoms_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Telecoms Assets Owned by Customer|
 
{{BPMAutomation|Add_Telecoms_Assets_Owned_by_Customer|Add Telecoms Assets Owned by Customer|
 
[[File:Add_Telecoms_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a9/Add_Telecoms_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
 
[[File:Add_Telecoms_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a9/Add_Telecoms_Assets_Owned_by_Customer.png]]|
Line 613: Line 495:
 
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}  
 
{{bullet1|Used By|Associate assets that are Used By the Request Customer, rather than Owned By.}}  
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                      Get All Assets                                                        * -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Create_Generic_Asset|Create Generic Asset|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
[[File:Create_Generic_Asset.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/7/70/Create_Generic_Asset.png]]|
{{BPMAutomation|Get_All_Assets|Get All Assets|
+
Creates a new General asset within Asset Management and links the new asset to the request from which it was created.|
[[File:Get_All_Assets.png|thumb|link=]]|
 
Get a comma delimited list of the asset names that have been associated with the request|
 
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
{{bullet1|Include Type|When set to Yes, it will return the Type of each asset as well as the asset name}}
+
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{bullet1|Sub State|Update the sub state of the asset}}
<!-- *                                                  Get All Generic Assets                                                    * -->
+
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
{{BPMAutomation|Get_All_Generic_Assets|Get All Generic Assets|
+
{{bullet1|Notes|Upldate the notes for the assets}}
[[File:Get_All_Generic_Assets.png|thumb|link=]]|
+
{{bullet1|Owned By|Update the owner of the assets}}
Get a comma delimited list of the asset names that belong to the Generic Class of asset that have been associated with the request|
+
{{bullet1|Used By|Update who uses the assets}}
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
+
{{bullet1|Department|Update the department that the asset is associated to}}
{{bullet1|Assets Type|The type of Generic assets to to get a list of}}
+
{{bullet1|Description|Update the asset description}}
{{bullet1|Include Type|When set to Yes, it will return the Type of each asset as well as the asset name}}
+
{{bullet1|Booking|Update if the asset is available for booking}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Purpose|Update the purpose of the assets}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{bullet1|Last Audited Date|Update the last audit date for the assets}}
<!-- *                                            Get All Computer Peripheral Assets                                              * -->
+
{{bullet1|Location Type|Update the type of location where the asset is}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{bullet1|Location|Update the Location of the assets}}
{{BPMAutomation|Get_All_Computer_Peripheral_Assets|Get All Computer Peripheral Assets|
+
{{bullet1|Country|Update the country where the asset is located}}
[[File:Get_All_Computer_Peripheral_Assets.png|thumb|link=]]|
+
{{bullet1|Building|Update the building where the asset is located}}
Get a comma delimited list of the asset names that belong to the Computer Peripheral Class of asset that have been associated with the request|
+
{{bullet1|Room|Update the room where the asset is}}
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
+
{{bullet1|Rack|Update the rack where the asset is located}}
{{bullet1|Assets Type|The type of Computer Peripheral assets to get a list of}}
+
{{bullet1|U Height|Update the U height location in the rack}}
{{bullet1|Include Type|When set to Yes, it will return the Type of each asset as well as the asset name}}
+
{{bullet1|U Position|Update the U position of the asset in the rack}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Site|Update the site where the asset is located}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{bullet1|Floor|Update the Floor where the asset is located}}
<!-- *                                            Get All Mobile Device Assets                                                    * -->
+
{{bullet1|Geo Location|Update the Geo-location where the asset is located}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{bullet1|Static|Update if the asset is a static or not}}
{{BPMAutomation|Get_All_Mobile_Device_Assets|Get All Mobile Device Assets|
+
{{bullet1|Cost|Update the cost of the asset}}
[[File:Get_All_Mobile_Device_Assets.png|thumb|link=]]|
+
{{bullet1|Asset Tag|Update the Asset Tag}}
Get a comma delimited list of the asset names that belong to the Mobile Device Class of asset that have been associated with the request|
+
{{bullet1|Order Number|Update the Order number}}
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
+
{{bullet1|Invoice Number|Update the Invoice number}}
{{bullet1|Assets Type|The type of Mobile Device assets to to get a list of}}
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Cost|Update how much the annual maintenance cost of the asset is}}
{{bullet1|Include Type|When set to Yes, it will return the Type of each asset as well as the asset name}}
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Reference|Update the Reference to the maintenance contract}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Supplier ID|Update the ID of the asset supplier}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{bullet1|Supplier Contract|Update the name of the Supplier Contract associated to the asset}}
<!-- *                                              Get All Network Device Assets                                                * -->
+
{{bullet1|Product ID|Update the Product ID}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{bullet1|Order Date|Update the Order date}}
{{BPMAutomation|Get_All_Network_Device_Assets|Get All Network Device Assets|
+
{{bullet1|Received Date|Upldate the receive date}}
[[File:Get_All_Network_Device_Assets.png|thumb|link=]]|
+
{{bullet1|Cost Center|Update the cost center}}
Get a comma delimited list of the asset names that belong to the Network Device Class of asset that have been associated with the request|
+
{{bullet1|Acq. Method|Update the method of how the asset was acquired}}
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
+
{{bullet1|Warranty Start|Update the start of the warranty date}}
{{bullet1|Assets Type|The type of Network Device assets to get a list of}}
+
{{bullet1|Warranty Expires|Update the warranty expiry date}}
{{bullet1|Include Type|When set to Yes, it will return the Type of each asset as well as the asset name}}
+
{{bullet1|Supported By|Update who supports this asset}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Notice Period|Update the notice period for Maintenance contract renewal}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Termination Period|Update the termination period for the asset}}
<!-- *                                                    Get All Printer Assets                                                  * -->
+
{{bullet1|Annual Maintenance Review Date|Update the annual maintenance review date}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{bullet1|Scheduled Retired Date|Update the date that the asset set to retire on}}
{{BPMAutomation|Get_All_Printer_Assets|Get All Printer Assets|
+
{{bullet1|Actual Retired Date|Update the date that the asset was retired on}}
[[File:Get_All_Printer_Assets.png|thumb|link=]]|
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Reason|Update why the asset was disposed of}}
Get a comma delimited list of the asset names that belong to the Printer Class of asset that have been associated with the request|
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Price|Update how much it cost to dispose of the asset}}
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Code|Update the disposal code}}
{{bullet1|Assets Type|The type of Printer assets to get a list of}}
+
{{bullet1|Beneficiary|Update who the beneficiary of the asset is}}
{{bullet1|Include Type|When set to Yes, it will return the Type of each asset as well as the asset name}}
+
{{bullet1|Depreciation Method|Update the depreciation method}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Depreciation Start Date|Update when the asset cost starts deprecating }}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{bullet1|Depreciation Value|Update the current depreciation value}}
<!-- *                                                Get All Software Assets                                                    * -->
+
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
}}
{{BPMAutomation|Get_All_Software_Assets|Get All Software Assets|
+
 
[[File:Get_All_Software_Assets.png|thumb|link=]]|
+
{{BPMAutomation|Create_Computer_System_Asset|Create Computer System Asset|
Get a comma delimited list of the asset names that belong to the Software Class of asset that have been associated with the request|
+
[[File:Create_Computer_System_Asset.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/c9/Create_Computer_System_Asset.png]]|
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
+
Creates a new Computer System asset within Asset Management and links the new asset to the request from which it was created.|
{{bullet1|Assets Type|The type of Software assets to get a list of}}
 
{{bullet1|Include Type|When set to Yes, it will return the Type of each asset as well as the asset name}}
 
}}
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!-- *                                                Get All Telecoms Assets                                                      * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|Get_All_Telecoms_Assets|Get All Telecoms Assets|
 
[[File:Get_All_Telecoms_Assets.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/04/Get_All_Telecoms_Assets.png]]|
 
Get a comma delimited list of the asset names that belong to the Telecoms Class of asset that have been associated with the request|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Assets Type|The type of Telecoms assets to get a list of}}
 
{{bullet1|Include Type|When set to Yes, it will return the Type of each asset as well as the asset name}}
 
}}
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!-- *                                            Update All Assets - General Information                                        * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|Update_All_Assets_-_General_Information|Update All Assets - General Information|
 
[[File:Update_All_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/57/Update_All_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
 
Update the General Information attributes of all assets that are associated to the request|
 
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
 
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
 +
{{bullet1|Sub State|Update the sub state of the asset}}
 
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
 
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
Line 753: Line 615:
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                            Update Computer Assets - Additional Properties                                  * -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Create_Computer_Peripheral_Asset|Create Computer Peripheral Asset|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
[[File:Create_Computer_Peripheral_Asset.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/c2/Create_Computer_Peripheral_Asset.png]]|
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Computer_Assets_-_Additional_Properties|Update Computer Assets - Additional Properties|
+
Creates a new Computer Peripheral asset within Asset Management and links the new asset to the request from which it was created.|
[[File:Update_Computer_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a6/Update_Computer_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png]]|
 
Update the Additional Properties attributes of assets belonging to the Computer class that are associated to the request|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
}}
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!-- *                                            Update Computer Assets - General Information                                    * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Computer_Assets_-_General_Information|Update Computer Assets - General Information|
 
[[File:Update_Computer_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a8/Update_Computer_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
 
Update the General Information attributes of assets belonging to the Computer class that are associated to the request|
 
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
 
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
 +
{{bullet1|Sub State|Update the sub state of the asset}}
 
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
 
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
Line 822: Line 675:
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                      Update Computer Peripheral Assets - Additional Properties                              * -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Create_Mobile_Device_Asset|Create Mobile Device Asset|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
[[File:Create_Mobile_Device_Asset.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/33/Create_Mobile_Device_Asset.png]]|
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_-_Additional_Properties|Update Computer Peripheral Assets - Additional Properties|
+
Creates a new Mobile Device asset within Asset Management and links the new asset to the request from which it was created.|
[[File:Update_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/cd/Update_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png]]|
 
Update the Additional Properties attributes of assets belonging to the Computer Peripheral class that are associated to the request|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
}}
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!-- *                                      Update Computer Peripheral Assets - General Information                                * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_-_General_Information|Update Computer Peripheral Assets - General Information|
 
[[File:Update_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/93/Update_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
 
Update the General Information attributes of assets belonging to the Computer Peripheral class that are associated to the request|
 
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
 
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
 +
{{bullet1|Sub State|Update the sub state of the asset}}
 
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
 
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
Line 873: Line 717:
 
{{bullet1|Received Date|Upldate the receive date}}
 
{{bullet1|Received Date|Upldate the receive date}}
 
{{bullet1|Cost Center|Update the cost center}}
 
{{bullet1|Cost Center|Update the cost center}}
{{bullet1|Acq. Method|Update the method of how the asset was aquired}}
+
{{bullet1|Acq. Method|Update the method of how the asset was acquired}}
 
{{bullet1|Warranty Start|Update the start of the warranty date}}
 
{{bullet1|Warranty Start|Update the start of the warranty date}}
 
{{bullet1|Warranty Expires|Update the warranty expiry date}}
 
{{bullet1|Warranty Expires|Update the warranty expiry date}}
Line 884: Line 728:
 
{{bullet1|Disposal Reason|Update why the asset was disposed of}}
 
{{bullet1|Disposal Reason|Update why the asset was disposed of}}
 
{{bullet1|Disposal Price|Update how much it cost to dispose of the asset}}
 
{{bullet1|Disposal Price|Update how much it cost to dispose of the asset}}
{{bullet1|Disposal Code|Update the desposal code}}
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Code|Update the disposal code}}
 
{{bullet1|Beneficiary|Update who the beneficiary of the asset is}}
 
{{bullet1|Beneficiary|Update who the beneficiary of the asset is}}
 
{{bullet1|Depreciation Method|Update the depreciation method}}
 
{{bullet1|Depreciation Method|Update the depreciation method}}
Line 891: Line 735:
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                      Update Mobile Device Assets - Additional Properties                                  * -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Create_Network_Device|Create Network Device Asset|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
[[File:Create_Network_Device_Asset.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/4/4f/Create_Network_Device_Asset.png]]|
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Mobile_Device_Assets_-_Additional_Properties|Update Mobile Device Assets - Additional Properties|
+
Creates a new Network Device asset within Asset Management and links the new asset to the request from which it was created.|
[[File:Update_Mobile_Device_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a4/Update_Mobile_Device_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png]]|
 
Update the Additional Properties attributes of assets belonging to the Mobile Device class that are associated to the request|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
}}
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!-- *                                        Update Mobile Device Assets - General Information                                  * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Mobile_Device_Assets_-_General_Information|Update Mobile Device Assets - General Information|
 
[[File:Update_Mobile_Device_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/18/Update_Mobile_Device_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
 
Update the General Information attributes of assets belonging to the Mobile Device class that are associated to the request|
 
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
 
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
 +
{{bullet1|Sub State|Update the sub state of the asset}}
 
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
 
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
Line 960: Line 795:
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                          Update Network Device Assets - Additional Properties                              * -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Create_Printer_Asset|Create Printer Asset|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
[[File:Create_Printer_Asset.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/b/bf/Create_Printer_Asset.png]]|
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Network_Device_Assets_-_Additional_Properties|Update Network Device Assets - Additional Properties|
+
Creates a new Printer asset within Asset Management and links the new asset to the request from which it was created.|
[[File:Update_Network_Device_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/03/Update_Network_Device_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png]]|
 
Update the Additional Properties attributes of assets belonging to the Network Device class that are associated to the request|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
}}
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!-- *                                          Update Network Device Assets - General Information                                * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Network_Device_Assets_-_General_Information|Update Network Device Assets - General Information|
 
[[File:Update_Network_Device_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/19/Update_Network_Device_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
 
Update the General Information attributes of assets belonging to the Network Device class that are associated to the request|
 
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
 
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
 +
{{bullet1|Sub State|Update the sub state of the asset}}
 
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
 
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
Line 1,029: Line 855:
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                        Update Printer Assets - Additional Properties                                      * -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Get_All_Assets|Get All Assets|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
[[File:Get_All_Assets.png|thumb|link=]]|
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Printer_Assets_-_Additional_Properties|Update Printer Assets - Additional Properties|
+
Get a comma delimited list of the asset names that have been associated with the request|
[[File:Update_Printer_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a4/Update_Printer_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
Update the Additional Properties attributes of assets belonging to the Printer class that are associated to the request|
+
{{bullet1|Include Type|When set to Yes, it will return the Type of each asset as well as the asset name}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Get_All_Generic_Assets|Get All Generic Assets|
 +
[[File:Get_All_Generic_Assets.png|thumb|link=]]|
 +
Get a comma delimited list of the asset names that belong to the Generic Class of asset that have been associated with the request|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 +
{{bullet1|Assets Type|The type of Generic assets to to get a list of}}
 +
{{bullet1|Include Type|When set to Yes, it will return the Type of each asset as well as the asset name}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                        Update Printer Assets - General Information                                        * -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Get_All_Computer_Peripheral_Assets|Get All Computer Peripheral Assets|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
[[File:Get_All_Computer_Peripheral_Assets.png|thumb|link=]]|
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Printer_Assets_-_General_Information|Update Printer Assets - General Information|
+
Get a comma delimited list of the asset names that belong to the Computer Peripheral Class of asset that have been associated with the request|
[[File:Update_Printer_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/19/Update_Printer_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
 
Update the General Information attributes of assets belonging to the Printer class that are associated to the request|
 
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
+
{{bullet1|Assets Type|The type of Computer Peripheral assets to get a list of}}
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
+
{{bullet1|Include Type|When set to Yes, it will return the Type of each asset as well as the asset name}}
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
+
}}
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
+
 
{{bullet1|Notes|Upldate the notes for the assets}}
+
{{BPMAutomation|Get_All_Mobile_Device_Assets|Get All Mobile Device Assets|
{{bullet1|Owned By|Update the owner of the assets}}
+
[[File:Get_All_Mobile_Device_Assets.png|thumb|link=]]|
{{bullet1|Used By|Update who uses the assets}}
+
Get a comma delimited list of the asset names that belong to the Mobile Device Class of asset that have been associated with the request|
{{bullet1|Department|Update the department that the asset is associated to}}
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
{{bullet1|Description|Update the asset description}}
+
{{bullet1|Assets Type|The type of Mobile Device assets to to get a list of}}
{{bullet1|Booking|Update if the asset is available for booking}}
+
{{bullet1|Include Type|When set to Yes, it will return the Type of each asset as well as the asset name}}
{{bullet1|Purpose|Update the purpose of the assets}}
+
}}
{{bullet1|Last Audited Date|Update the last audit date for the assets}}
+
 
{{bullet1|Location Type|Update the type of location where the asset is}}
+
{{BPMAutomation|Get_All_Network_Device_Assets|Get All Network Device Assets|
{{bullet1|Location|Update the Location of the assets}}
+
[[File:Get_All_Network_Device_Assets.png|thumb|link=]]|
{{bullet1|Country|Update the country where the asset is located}}
+
Get a comma delimited list of the asset names that belong to the Network Device Class of asset that have been associated with the request|
{{bullet1|Building|Update the building where the asset is located}}
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
{{bullet1|Room|Update the room where the asset is}}
+
{{bullet1|Assets Type|The type of Network Device assets to get a list of}}
{{bullet1|Rack|Update the rack where the asset is located}}
+
{{bullet1|Include Type|When set to Yes, it will return the Type of each asset as well as the asset name}}
{{bullet1|U Height|Update the U height location in the rack}}
 
{{bullet1|U Position|Update the U position of the asset in the rack}}
 
{{bullet1|Site|Update the site where the asset is located}}
 
{{bullet1|Floor|Update the Floor where the asset is located}}
 
{{bullet1|Geo Location|Update the Geo-location where the asset is located}}
 
{{bullet1|Static|Update if the asset is a static or not}}
 
{{bullet1|Cost|Update the cost of the asset}}
 
{{bullet1|Asset Tag|Update the Asset Tag}}
 
{{bullet1|Order Number|Update the Order number}}
 
{{bullet1|Invoice Number|Update the Invoice number}}
 
{{bullet1|Maintenance Cost|Update how much the annual maintenance cost of the asset is}}
 
{{bullet1|Maintenance Reference|Update the Reference to the maintenance contract}}
 
{{bullet1|Supplier ID|Update the ID of the asset supplier}}
 
{{bullet1|Supplier Contract|Update the name of the Supplier Contract associated to the asset}}
 
{{bullet1|Product ID|Update the Product ID}}
 
{{bullet1|Order Date|Update the Order date}}
 
{{bullet1|Received Date|Upldate the receive date}}
 
{{bullet1|Cost Center|Update the cost center}}
 
{{bullet1|Acq. Method|Update the method of how the asset was acquired}}
 
{{bullet1|Warranty Start|Update the start of the warranty date}}
 
{{bullet1|Warranty Expires|Update the warranty expiry date}}
 
{{bullet1|Supported By|Update who supports this asset}}
 
{{bullet1|Maintenance Notice Period|Update the notice period for Maintenance contract renewal}}
 
{{bullet1|Maintenance Termination Period|Update the termination period for the asset}}
 
{{bullet1|Annual Maintenance Review Date|Update the annual maintenance review date}}
 
{{bullet1|Scheduled Retired Date|Update the date that the asset set to retire on}}
 
{{bullet1|Actual Retired Date|Update the date that the asset was retired on}}
 
{{bullet1|Disposal Reason|Update why the asset was disposed of}}
 
{{bullet1|Disposal Price|Update how much it cost to dispose of the asset}}
 
{{bullet1|Disposal Code|Update the disposal code}}
 
{{bullet1|Beneficiary|Update who the beneficiary of the asset is}}
 
{{bullet1|Depreciation Method|Update the depreciation method}}
 
{{bullet1|Depreciation Start Date|Update when the asset cost starts deprecating }}
 
{{bullet1|Depreciation Value|Update the current depreciation value}}
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                        Update Software Assets - Additional Properties                                      * -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Get_All_Printer_Assets|Get All Printer Assets|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
[[File:Get_All_Printer_Assets.png|thumb|link=]]|
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Software_Assets_-_Additional_Properties|Update Software Assets - Additional Properties|
+
Get a comma delimited list of the asset names that belong to the Printer Class of asset that have been associated with the request|
[[File:Update_Software_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/91/Update_Software_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
Update the Additional Properties attributes of assets belonging to the Software class that are associated to the request|
+
{{bullet1|Assets Type|The type of Printer assets to get a list of}}
 +
{{bullet1|Include Type|When set to Yes, it will return the Type of each asset as well as the asset name}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Get_All_Software_Assets|Get All Software Assets|
 +
[[File:Get_All_Software_Assets.png|thumb|link=]]|
 +
Get a comma delimited list of the asset names that belong to the Software Class of asset that have been associated with the request|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 +
{{bullet1|Assets Type|The type of Software assets to get a list of}}
 +
{{bullet1|Include Type|When set to Yes, it will return the Type of each asset as well as the asset name}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                        Update Software Assets - General Information                                        * -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Get_All_Telecoms_Assets|Get All Telecoms Assets|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
[[File:Get_All_Telecoms_Assets.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/04/Get_All_Telecoms_Assets.png]]|
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Software_Assets_-_General_Information|Update Software Assets - General Information|
+
Get a comma delimited list of the asset names that belong to the Telecoms Class of asset that have been associated with the request|
[[File:Update_Software_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/e3/Update_Software_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
Update the General Information attributes of assets belonging to the Software class that are associated to the request|
+
{{bullet1|Assets Type|The type of Telecoms assets to get a list of}}
 +
{{bullet1|Include Type|When set to Yes, it will return the Type of each asset as well as the asset name}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Update_All_Assets_-_General_Information|Update All Assets - General Information|
 +
[[File:Update_All_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/57/Update_All_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
 +
Update the General Information attributes of all assets that are associated to the request|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
 
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
 +
{{bullet1|Sub State|Update the sub state of the asset}}
 
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
 
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
Line 1,167: Line 978:
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                        Update Telecoms Assets - Additional Properties                                        * -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Computer_Assets_-_Additional_Properties|Update Computer Assets - Additional Properties|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
[[File:Update_Computer_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a6/Update_Computer_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png]]|
<!--
+
Update the Additional Properties attributes of assets belonging to the Computer class that are associated to the request|
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Telecoms_Assets_-_Additional_Properties|Update Telecoms Assets - Additional Properties|
 
[[File:Update_Telecoms_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a4/Update_Telecoms_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png]]|
 
Update the Additional Properties attributes of assets belonging to the Telecoms class that are associated to the request|
 
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                        Update Telecoms Assets - General Information                                        * -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Computer_Assets_-_General_Information|Update Computer Assets - General Information|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
[[File:Update_Computer_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a8/Update_Computer_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Telecoms_Assets_-_General_Information|Update Telecoms Assets - General Information|
+
Update the General Information attributes of assets belonging to the Computer class that are associated to the request|
[[File:Update_Telecoms_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/e7/Update_Telecoms_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
 
Update the General Information attributes of assets belonging to the Telecoms class that are associated to the request|
 
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
 
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
 +
{{bullet1|Sub State|Update the sub state of the asset}}
 
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
 
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
Line 1,236: Line 1,043:
 
{{bullet1|Depreciation Value|Update the current depreciation value}}
 
{{bullet1|Depreciation Value|Update the current depreciation value}}
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
}}  
+
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                      Assignment                                                          * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
  
====Assignment====
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_-_Additional_Properties|Update Computer Peripheral Assets - Additional Properties|
Use the Assignment node to automatically assign a request to different Service Manager users or teams.
+
[[File:Update_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/cd/Update_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png]]|
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
Update the Additional Properties attributes of assets belonging to the Computer Peripheral class that are associated to the request|
<!-- *                                                  Assign to Service Team                                                    * -->
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
}}
{{BPMAutomation|AssignToServiceTeam|Assign to Service Team|
+
 
[[File:bpmassigntoserviceteam.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/6e/Bpmassigntoserviceteam.png]]|
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_-_General_Information|Update Computer Peripheral Assets - General Information|
Assign to Service Team assigns the request to the team that supports the service. If no team supports the service that the request is logged against then the request is not assigned. If more than one team supports the service, the request is assigned to the team that has supported the service the longest. This automated task does not assign the request to an individual within the team(s) supported by the service.|
+
[[File:Update_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/93/Update_Computer_Peripheral_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
Update the General Information attributes of assets belonging to the Computer Peripheral class that are associated to the request|
{{bullet1|Use Request Service|Choose whether or not to use the service of the request. The default is No. If this parameter is set to Yes, it will override any other service specified as an input parameter}}
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to ''Auto''}}
{{bullet1|Service|The Service ID of the service which is supported by the team to be assigned to the request}}
+
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets. Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets. Options include active, current, and archived}}
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Sub State|Update the sub state of the asset}}
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
+
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 +
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notes|Upldate the notes for the assets}}
 +
{{bullet1|Owned By|Update the owner of the assets}}
 +
{{bullet1|Used By|Update who uses the assets}}
 +
{{bullet1|Department|Update the department that the asset is associated to}}
 +
{{bullet1|Description|Update the asset description}}
 +
{{bullet1|Booking|Update if the asset is available for booking}}
 +
{{bullet1|Purpose|Update the purpose of the assets}}
 +
{{bullet1|Last Audited Date|Update the last audit date for the assets}}
 +
{{bullet1|Location Type|Update the type of location where the asset is}}
 +
{{bullet1|Location|Update the Location of the assets}}
 +
{{bullet1|Country|Update the country where the asset is located}}
 +
{{bullet1|Building|Update the building where the asset is located}}
 +
{{bullet1|Room|Update the room where the asset is}}
 +
{{bullet1|Rack|Update the rack where the asset is located}}
 +
{{bullet1|U Height|Update the U height location in the rack}}
 +
{{bullet1|U Position|Update the U position of the asset in the rack}}
 +
{{bullet1|Site|Update the site where the asset is located}}
 +
{{bullet1|Floor|Update the Floor where the asset is located}}
 +
{{bullet1|Geo Location|Update the Geo-location where the asset is located}}
 +
{{bullet1|Static|Update if the asset is a static or not}}
 +
{{bullet1|Cost|Update the cost of the asset}}
 +
{{bullet1|Asset Tag|Update the Asset Tag}}
 +
{{bullet1|Order Number|Update the Order number}}
 +
{{bullet1|Invoice Number|Update the Invoice number}}
 +
{{bullet1|Maintenance Cost|Update how much the annual maintenance cost of the asset is}}
 +
{{bullet1|Maintenance Reference|Update the Reference to the maintenance contract}}
 +
{{bullet1|Supplier ID|Update the ID of the asset supplier}}
 +
{{bullet1|Supplier Contract|Update the name of the Supplier Contract associated to the asset}}
 +
{{bullet1|Product ID|Update the Product ID}}
 +
{{bullet1|Order Date|Update the Order date}}
 +
{{bullet1|Received Date|Upldate the receive date}}
 +
{{bullet1|Cost Center|Update the cost center}}
 +
{{bullet1|Acq. Method|Update the method of how the asset was aquired}}
 +
{{bullet1|Warranty Start|Update the start of the warranty date}}
 +
{{bullet1|Warranty Expires|Update the warranty expiry date}}
 +
{{bullet1|Supported By|Update who supports this asset}}
 +
{{bullet1|Maintenance Notice Period|Update the notice period for Maintenance contract renewal}}
 +
{{bullet1|Maintenance Termination Period|Update the termination period for the asset}}
 +
{{bullet1|Annual Maintenance Review Date|Update the annual maintenance review date}}
 +
{{bullet1|Scheduled Retired Date|Update the date that the asset set to retire on}}
 +
{{bullet1|Actual Retired Date|Update the date that the asset was retired on}}
 +
{{bullet1|Disposal Reason|Update why the asset was disposed of}}
 +
{{bullet1|Disposal Price|Update how much it cost to dispose of the asset}}
 +
{{bullet1|Disposal Code|Update the desposal code}}
 +
{{bullet1|Beneficiary|Update who the beneficiary of the asset is}}
 +
{{bullet1|Depreciation Method|Update the depreciation method}}
 +
{{bullet1|Depreciation Start Date|Update when the asset cost starts deprecating }}
 +
{{bullet1|Depreciation Value|Update the current depreciation value}}
 +
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                  Assign to Team                                                          * -->
 
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|AssignToTeam|Assign to Team|
 
[[File:bpmassigntoteam.png|thumb|link=link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/8/8a/Bpmassigntoteam.png|Assign to Team]]|
 
Use this option to assign the request to a specified team.  |
 
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
 
{{bullet1|Team|Select a team from the list of available teams that have been defined under the Organizational Data in Administration}}
 
{{bullet1|Team (From Variable)|Assign to a Team based on a variable that has been populated using Progressive Capture or through the Get Information nodes}}
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 
}}
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!-- *                                                      Assign to Owner                                                        * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|AssignToOwner|Assign to Owner|
 
[[File:bpmassigntoowner.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/e9/Bpmassigntoowner.png]]|
 
Use this option to assign the request to a specific Service Manager analyst.|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''.}}
 
{{bullet1|Team|The Team ID to be applied to the request}}
 
{{bullet1|Owner|The user ID to be applied to the request}}
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 
}}
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!-- *                                                  Assign to Owner (Variable)                                                * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|AssignTOwnerVariable|Assign to Owner (Variable)|
 
[[File:bpmassigntoownervariable.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/e9/Bpmassigntoowner.png]]|
 
Use this option to assign the request to a specific Service Manager analyst using a dynamic value provided by a runtime variable that has been populated using Progressive Capture or through the Get Information nodes|
 
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
 
{{bullet1|Team|Select a team from the list of available teams that have been defined under the Organizational Data in Administration. If no team specified and if the designated owner is a member of multiple teams, the team that gets assigned will be the first team in a list of owner teams ordered by team name.}}
 
{{bullet1|Owner|Assign to an analyst based on a variable that has been populated using Progressive Capture or through the Get Information nodes}}
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
 
}}
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
<!-- *                                                  Assign to Request Creator                                                * -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|AssignToRequestCreator|Assign to Request Creator|
 
[[File:bpmassigntorequestcreator.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/7/7c/Bpmassigntorequestcreator.png]]|
 
Use this option to automatically assign the request to the Service Manager analyst who created / raised the request via Progressive Capture|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''.}}
 
{{bullet1|Team|The Team ID to be applied to the request}}
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
 
}}
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                Assign to Most Available                                                  * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|AssignToMostAvailableAnalyst|Assign to Most Available Analyst|
 
[[File:bpmassigntomostavailable.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/2c/Bpmassigntomostavailable.png]]|
 
Using ''Assign to Most Available Analyst'' is a great way to automatically assign out requests to the members of a team.  This operation works on the basis of capacity. The system will look through the members of the selected team and will assign the request to the member who has the least amount of open requests. If more than one team member have an equal number of open requests and have the least amount of assigned requests, the system will allocate the request to the team member who has had the greatest amount of time pass since their last assignment.
 
  
The system will take into account the user status which is found on their profile. If the user status is set to anything other than 'Available' that user/analyst/team member will not be considered as a request owner|
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Mobile_Device_Assets_-_Additional_Properties|Update Mobile Device Assets - Additional Properties|
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''.}}
+
[[File:Update_Mobile_Device_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a4/Update_Mobile_Device_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png]]|
{{bullet1|Team|Select the team that you would like to participate in the Round Robin Assignment.  This is a mandatory setting and must be set to Manual and have a team assigned.}}
+
Update the Additional Properties attributes of assets belonging to the Mobile Device class that are associated to the request|
{{bullet1|Include Offline Users|This takes into account if the user is logged into Hornbill and have an active session. The default behavior (Auto) is to include offline users.  Set this option to ''No'' if you don't want requests assigned to users that are not online. If all the team members are off-line, the request will be assigned to just the team.}}
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
{{bullet1|Exclude On-hold Requests|If set to "Yes", when determining a user's availability, any requests that are on-hold will not be included when calculating availability. The default value is "No"}}
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                Assign on Round Robin Basis                                                * -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Mobile_Device_Assets_-_General_Information|Update Mobile Device Assets - General Information|
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
[[File:Update_Mobile_Device_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/18/Update_Mobile_Device_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
{{BPMAutomation|RoundRobin|Assign on Round Robin Basis|
+
Update the General Information attributes of assets belonging to the Mobile Device class that are associated to the request|
[[File:bpmroundrobin.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/4/41/Bpmroundrobin.png|Round Robin BPM Operation]]|
 
Using the ''Assign Round Robin'' is a great way to automatically assign out requests to the members of a team . The system will look through the members of the selected team and will assign the request to the member who has had the greatest amount of time pass since their last assignment. The system will take into account the user's status which is found on their profile. If the user's status is set to anything other than 'Available' that user will not be considered for assignment. This does not take into account the volume of requests assigned to each user.|
 
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
{{bullet1|Team|Select the team that you would like to participate in the Round Robin AssignmentThis is a mandatory setting and must be set to Manual and have a team assigned}}
+
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assetsOptions include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
{{bullet1|Include Offline Users|This takes into account if the user is logged into Hornbill and have an active session. The default behavior (Auto) is to include offline users.  Set this option to ''No'' if you don't want requests assigned to users that are not online. In order for Round Robin to work effectively, users must become disciplined in logging off Hornbill via the User menu located to the top right. Simply closing the browser window does not end a users session.}}
+
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets. Options include active, current, and archived}}
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Sub State|Update the sub state of the asset}}
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
+
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Notes|Upldate the notes for the assets}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Owned By|Update the owner of the assets}}
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
{{bullet1|Used By|Update who uses the assets}}
<!-- *                                                      Authorization                                                        * -->
+
{{bullet1|Department|Update the department that the asset is associated to}}
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
{{bullet1|Description|Update the asset description}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Booking|Update if the asset is available for booking}}
 
+
{{bullet1|Purpose|Update the purpose of the assets}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Last Audited Date|Update the last audit date for the assets}}
<!-- *                                                  Authorization Decision                                                  * -->
+
{{bullet1|Location Type|Update the type of location where the asset is}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Location|Update the Location of the assets}}
 
+
{{bullet1|Country|Update the country where the asset is located}}
==== Authorisation Decision ====
+
{{bullet1|Building|Update the building where the asset is located}}
Use the Authorisation Decision node to mark on a Change or Service Request form if an authorization decision has been made.
+
{{bullet1|Room|Update the room where the asset is}}
{{BPMAutomation|Approved|Approved|
+
{{bullet1|Rack|Update the rack where the asset is located}}
[[File:bpmapproved.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/56/Bpmapproved.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|U Height|Update the U height location in the rack}}
Use this Authorisation Decision node to mark on a Change or Service Request as being approved. The status of ''Approved'' will be displayed in the Information panel on the request.|
+
{{bullet1|U Position|Update the U position of the asset in the rack}}
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
+
{{bullet1|Site|Update the site where the asset is located}}
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Floor|Update the Floor where the asset is located}}
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Geo Location|Update the Geo-location where the asset is located}}
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
+
{{bullet1|Static|Update if the asset is a static or not}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Cost|Update the cost of the asset}}
{{BPMAutomation|Rejected|Rejected|
+
{{bullet1|Asset Tag|Update the Asset Tag}}
[[File:bpmrejected.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/d/d5/Bpmrejected.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Order Number|Update the Order number}}
Use this Authorization Decision node to mark on a Change or Service Request as being rejected. The status of ''Rejected'' will be displayed in the Information panel on the request.|
+
{{bullet1|Invoice Number|Update the Invoice number}}
{{bullet1|<Name of Option>|<Description of Option>}}
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Cost|Update how much the annual maintenance cost of the asset is}}
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Reference|Update the Reference to the maintenance contract}}
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Supplier ID|Update the ID of the asset supplier}}
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Supplier Contract|Update the name of the Supplier Contract associated to the asset}}
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
+
{{bullet1|Product ID|Update the Product ID}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Order Date|Update the Order date}}
 
+
{{bullet1|Received Date|Upldate the receive date}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Cost Center|Update the cost center}}
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
{{bullet1|Acq. Method|Update the method of how the asset was acquired}}
<!-- *                                                      Collaboration                                                        * -->
+
{{bullet1|Warranty Start|Update the start of the warranty date}}
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
{{bullet1|Warranty Expires|Update the warranty expiry date}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Supported By|Update who supports this asset}}
====Collaboration====
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Notice Period|Update the notice period for Maintenance contract renewal}}
 
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Termination Period|Update the termination period for the asset}}
Use the Collaboration node to post an automated update onto a public workspace at any stage in a process.  This will be visible to members of the specified workspace, on the timeline of the workspace and their News Feeds. 
+
{{bullet1|Annual Maintenance Review Date|Update the annual maintenance review date}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{bullet1|Scheduled Retired Date|Update the date that the asset set to retire on}}
<!-- *                                        Comment on Existing Public Workspace Post                                            -->
+
{{bullet1|Actual Retired Date|Update the date that the asset was retired on}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Reason|Update why the asset was disposed of}}
{{BPMAutomation|CommentOnPost|Comment on Existing Public Workspace Post|
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Price|Update how much it cost to dispose of the asset}}
[[File:bpmcommentonpost.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/d/d3/Bpmcommentonpost.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Code|Update the disposal code}}
Use this node to automate the adding of a comment to an existing Post in a workspace. It will always look to add the comment to the most recent post from the request in the workspace. An example use case for this node, is to include the Comment Update after key milestones such as Logged, In progress, Resolved, Closed or Change Accepted, Scheduled, Implemented, Reviewed.  This will allow members of the workspace to stay informed about request progress without the need to monitor lists or queues. This node will only be applicable if the '''Post to Public Workspace''' Node has been used and a Post already exists from the request in a Workspace.|
+
{{bullet1|Beneficiary|Update who the beneficiary of the asset is}}
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
+
{{bullet1|Depreciation Method|Update the depreciation method}}
{{bullet1|Workspace|The ID of the workspace where the comment will be posted}}
+
{{bullet1|Depreciation Start Date|Update when the asset cost starts deprecating }}
{{bullet1|Content|The content of the comment to be added to the post}}
+
{{bullet1|Depreciation Value|Update the current depreciation value}}
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
+
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
}}
 
}}
{{BPMAutomation|CommentOnRequestSourcePost|Comment on Request Source Post|
+
 
[[File:bpmcommentonsourcepost.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/8/88/Bpmcommentonsourcepost.png]]|
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Network_Device_Assets_-_Additional_Properties|Update Network Device Assets - Additional Properties|
Use this option when the source of the request is from a post in order to post a comment back to this source post.|
+
[[File:Update_Network_Device_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/03/Update_Network_Device_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png]]|
 +
Update the Additional Properties attributes of assets belonging to the Network Device class that are associated to the request|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
{{bullet1|Content|The content of the comment to be added to the post}}
 
{{bullet1|Include Id|Include the Request Id in the comment which will include a link in the comment, back to the request}}
 
{{bullet1|Include Summary|Include the Summary of the request in the comment as part of the link back to the request}}
 
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
 
 
}}
 
}}
{{BPMAutomation|PostToPublicWorkspace|Post to Public Workspace|
 
[[File:bpmposttoworkspace.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/38/Bpmposttoworkspace.png]]|
 
Use this node to add a new post to a specific workspace. This will allow you to post important information to Collaboration users pertaining to the request.
 
  
One example of it's use would be during a Change Request, to let interested parties / stakeholders (Workspace Members) know that the Change had been accepted, scheduled and would therefore be being deployed.  The member's of the workspace may not be Service Manager subscribed users, but their Collaboration subscription would enable them to be kept informed about Change, Problem,  or Major Incident notifications by receiving notifications about the automated '''Posting''' from this node to their workspaces. |
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Network_Device_Assets_-_General_Information|Update Network Device Assets - General Information|
 +
[[File:Update_Network_Device_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/19/Update_Network_Device_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
 +
Update the General Information attributes of assets belonging to the Network Device class that are associated to the request|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
{{bullet1|Workspace|The ID of the workspace where the comment will be posted}}
+
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
{{bullet1|Content|The content of the comment to be added to the post}}
+
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
{{bullet1|Include Id|Include the Request Id in the comment which will include a link in the comment, back to the request}}
+
{{bullet1|Sub State|Update the sub state of the asset}}
{{bullet1|Include Summary|Include the Summary of the request in the comment as part of the link back to the request}}
+
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
+
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Notes|Upldate the notes for the assets}}
 
+
{{bullet1|Owned By|Update the owner of the assets}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Used By|Update who uses the assets}}
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
{{bullet1|Department|Update the department that the asset is associated to}}
<!-- *                                                    Email Notifications                                                    * -->
+
{{bullet1|Description|Update the asset description}}
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
{{bullet1|Booking|Update if the asset is available for booking}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Purpose|Update the purpose of the assets}}
====Email Notifications====         
+
{{bullet1|Last Audited Date|Update the last audit date for the assets}}
Use the Email Notification nodes to send email templates to different Request stakeholders.  Configuration options include recipient, which email template to use and which mailbox to send the email from.
+
{{bullet1|Location Type|Update the type of location where the asset is}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Location|Update the Location of the assets}}
<!-- *                                                    Email Contact                                                            -->
+
{{bullet1|Country|Update the country where the asset is located}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Building|Update the building where the asset is located}}
{{BPMAutomation|EmailContact|Email Contact|
+
{{bullet1|Room|Update the room where the asset is}}
[[File:bpmemailcontact.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/68/Bpmemailcontact.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Rack|Update the rack where the asset is located}}
Use this node to send an email to a contact that has a contact record stored in Hornbill|
+
{{bullet1|U Height|Update the U height location in the rack}}
 
+
{{bullet1|U Position|Update the U position of the asset in the rack}}
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
+
{{bullet1|Site|Update the site where the asset is located}}
{{bullet1|Contact|Select a contact from the searchable pick list. Only contacts that have records stored in Hornbill will be available}}
+
{{bullet1|Floor|Update the Floor where the asset is located}}
{{bullet1|CC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Carbon Copy recipients}}
+
{{bullet1|Geo Location|Update the Geo-location where the asset is located}}
{{bullet1|BCC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Blind Carbon Copy recipients}}
+
{{bullet1|Static|Update if the asset is a static or not}}
{{bullet1|Mailbox Name|Select the Hornbill Mailbox from which you want this sent. If this is not set, it will use the default mailbox for the Service that the request has been raised under}}
+
{{bullet1|Cost|Update the cost of the asset}}
{{bullet1|Email From|Select the email address that you want listed as the sender.}}
+
{{bullet1|Asset Tag|Update the Asset Tag}}
{{bullet1|Email Template Entity|Select the Entity from which you want to use the associated Email Templates. For example select the Change Request Entity to use email templates that contain variables which are specific to this entity. Leave this as ''Auto'' to use the default ''Request'' entity.}}
+
{{bullet1|Order Number|Update the Order number}}
{{bullet1|Email Template|Select the email template that you want to use for this email}}
+
{{bullet1|Invoice Number|Update the Invoice number}}
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Cost|Update how much the annual maintenance cost of the asset is}}
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Reference|Update the Reference to the maintenance contract}}
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
+
{{bullet1|Supplier ID|Update the ID of the asset supplier}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Supplier Contract|Update the name of the Supplier Contract associated to the asset}}
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Product ID|Update the Product ID}}
<!-- *                                                  Email Co-worker                                                          * -->
+
{{bullet1|Order Date|Update the Order date}}
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Received Date|Upldate the receive date}}
{{BPMAutomation|EmailCoworker|Email Co-worker|
+
{{bullet1|Cost Center|Update the cost center}}
[[File:bpmemailcoworker.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/b/b3/Bpmemailcoworker.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Acq. Method|Update the method of how the asset was acquired}}
Use this node to send an email to a Co-worker that has a user account in Hornbill|
+
{{bullet1|Warranty Start|Update the start of the warranty date}}
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
+
{{bullet1|Warranty Expires|Update the warranty expiry date}}
{{bullet1|Co-worker|Select a Co-worker from the searchable pick list. Only Co-workers that have accounts in Hornbill will be available}}
+
{{bullet1|Supported By|Update who supports this asset}}
{{bullet1|Co-worker (From Variable)|Set a Co-worker from a variable}}
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Notice Period|Update the notice period for Maintenance contract renewal}}
{{bullet1|CC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Carbon Copy recipients}}
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Termination Period|Update the termination period for the asset}}
{{bullet1|BCC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Blind Carbon Copy recipients}}
+
{{bullet1|Annual Maintenance Review Date|Update the annual maintenance review date}}
{{bullet1|Mailbox Name|Select the Hornbill Mailbox from which you want this sent. If this is not set, it will use the default mailbox for the Service that the request has been raised under}}
+
{{bullet1|Scheduled Retired Date|Update the date that the asset set to retire on}}
{{bullet1|Email From|Select the email address that you want listed as the sender.}}  
+
{{bullet1|Actual Retired Date|Update the date that the asset was retired on}}
{{bullet1|Email Template Entity|Select the Entity from which you want to use the associated Email Templates. For example select the Change Request Entity to use email templates that contain variables which are specific to this entity. Leave this as ''Auto'' to use the default ''Request'' entity.}}
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Reason|Update why the asset was disposed of}}
{{bullet1|Email Template|Select the email template that you want to use for this email}}
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Price|Update how much it cost to dispose of the asset}}
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Code|Update the disposal code}}
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Beneficiary|Update who the beneficiary of the asset is}}
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
+
{{bullet1|Depreciation Method|Update the depreciation method}}
 +
{{bullet1|Depreciation Start Date|Update when the asset cost starts deprecating }}
 +
{{bullet1|Depreciation Value|Update the current depreciation value}}
 +
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                      Email Customer                                                      * -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Printer_Assets_-_Additional_Properties|Update Printer Assets - Additional Properties|
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
[[File:Update_Printer_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a4/Update_Printer_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png]]|
{{BPMAutomation|EmailCustomer|Email Customer|
+
Update the Additional Properties attributes of assets belonging to the Printer class that are associated to the request|
[[File:bpmemailcustomer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/23/Bpmemailcustomer.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to ''Auto''}}
Use this node to send an email to the customer that is associated to the request|
 
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
 
{{bullet1|CC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Carbon Copy recipients}}
 
{{bullet1|BCC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Blind Carbon Copy recipients}}
 
{{bullet1|Mailbox Name|Select the Hornbill Mailbox from which you want this sent. If this is not set, it will use the default mailbox for the Service that the request has been raised under}}
 
{{bullet1|Email From|Select the email address that you want listed as the sender.}}
 
{{bullet1|Email Template Entity|Select the Entity from which you want to use the associated Email Templates. For example select the Change Request Entity to use email templates that contain variables which are specific to this entity. Leave this as ''Auto'' to use the default ''Request'' entity}}
 
{{bullet1|Email Template|Select the email template that you want to use for this email}}
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
 
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  Email Customer's Manager                                                * -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Printer_Assets_-_General_Information|Update Printer Assets - General Information|
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
[[File:Update_Printer_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/19/Update_Printer_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
{{BPMAutomation|EmailCustomerManager|Email Customer Manager|
+
Update the General Information attributes of assets belonging to the Printer class that are associated to the request|
[[File:bpmemailcustomermanager.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/9e/Bpmemailcustomermanager.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
Use this node to send an email to the Manager of the customer that is associated to the request|
+
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
+
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
{{bullet1|CC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Carbon Copy recipients}}
+
{{bullet1|Sub State|Update the sub state of the asset}}
{{bullet1|BCC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Blind Carbon Copy recipients}}
+
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
{{bullet1|Mailbox Name|Select the Hornbill Mailbox from which you want this sent. If this is not set, it will use the default mailbox for the Service that the request has been raised under}}
+
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
{{bullet1|Email From|Select the email address that you want listed as the sender.}}
+
{{bullet1|Notes|Upldate the notes for the assets}}
{{bullet1|Email Template Entity|Select the Entity from which you want to use the associated Email Templates. For example select the Change Request Entity to use email templates that contain variables which are specific to this entity. Leave this as ''Auto'' to use the default ''Request'' entity. }}
+
{{bullet1|Owned By|Update the owner of the assets}}
{{bullet1|Email Template|Select the email template that you want to use for this email}}
+
{{bullet1|Used By|Update who uses the assets}}
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Department|Update the department that the asset is associated to}}
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Description|Update the asset description}}
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
+
{{bullet1|Booking|Update if the asset is available for booking}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Purpose|Update the purpose of the assets}}
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Last Audited Date|Update the last audit date for the assets}}
<!-- *                                                      Email External Address                                              * -->
+
{{bullet1|Location Type|Update the type of location where the asset is}}
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Location|Update the Location of the assets}}
{{BPMAutomation|EmailExternalAddress|Email External Address|
+
{{bullet1|Country|Update the country where the asset is located}}
[[File:bpmemailexternal.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/4/4a/Bpmemailexternal.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Building|Update the building where the asset is located}}
Use this node to send an email to one or more email addresses that are not available within Hornbill|
+
{{bullet1|Room|Update the room where the asset is}}
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
+
{{bullet1|Rack|Update the rack where the asset is located}}
{{bullet1|External Addresses|Add one or more email addresses that are not held within Hornbill.  Multiple email address must be separated by a comma. '''Note:''' Please ensure there is no trailing comma. This will create an additional, empty, address which will cause an error.}}
+
{{bullet1|U Height|Update the U height location in the rack}}
{{bullet1|CC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Carbon Copy recipients}}
+
{{bullet1|U Position|Update the U position of the asset in the rack}}
{{bullet1|BCC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Blind Carbon Copy recipients}}
+
{{bullet1|Site|Update the site where the asset is located}}
{{bullet1|Mailbox Name|Select the Hornbill Mailbox from which you want this sent. If this is not set, it will use the default mailbox for the Service that the request has been raised under}}
+
{{bullet1|Floor|Update the Floor where the asset is located}}
{{bullet1|Email From|Select the email address that you want listed as the sender.}}
+
{{bullet1|Geo Location|Update the Geo-location where the asset is located}}
{{bullet1|Email Template Entity|Select the Entity from which you want to use the associated Email Templates. For example select the Change Request Entity to use email templates that contain variables which are specific to this entity. Leave this as ''Auto'' to use the default ''Request'' entity.}}
+
{{bullet1|Static|Update if the asset is a static or not}}
{{bullet1|Email Template|Select the email template that you want to use for this email}}
+
{{bullet1|Cost|Update the cost of the asset}}
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Asset Tag|Update the Asset Tag}}
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Order Number|Update the Order number}}
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
+
{{bullet1|Invoice Number|Update the Invoice number}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Cost|Update how much the annual maintenance cost of the asset is}}
<!-- **************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Reference|Update the Reference to the maintenance contract}}
<!-- *                                                  Email Request Owner                                                    * -->
+
{{bullet1|Supplier ID|Update the ID of the asset supplier}}
<!-- **************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Supplier Contract|Update the name of the Supplier Contract associated to the asset}}
{{BPMAutomation|EmailOwner|Email Request Owner|
+
{{bullet1|Product ID|Update the Product ID}}
[[File:bpmemailowner.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/ea/Bpmemailowner.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Order Date|Update the Order date}}
Use this node to send an email to the owner of the request|
+
{{bullet1|Received Date|Upldate the receive date}}
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
+
{{bullet1|Cost Center|Update the cost center}}
{{bullet1|CC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Carbon Copy recipients}}
+
{{bullet1|Acq. Method|Update the method of how the asset was acquired}}
{{bullet1|BCC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Blind Carbon Copy recipients}}
+
{{bullet1|Warranty Start|Update the start of the warranty date}}
{{bullet1|Mailbox Name|Select the Hornbill Mailbox from which you want this sent. If this is not set, it will use the default mailbox for the Service that the request has been raised under}}
+
{{bullet1|Warranty Expires|Update the warranty expiry date}}
{{bullet1|Email From|Select the email address that you want listed as the sender.}}
+
{{bullet1|Supported By|Update who supports this asset}}
{{bullet1|Email Template Entity|Select the Entity from which you want to use the associated Email Templates. For example select the Change Request Entity to use email templates that contain variables which are specific to this entity. Leave this as ''Auto'' to use the default ''Request'' entity.}}
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Notice Period|Update the notice period for Maintenance contract renewal}}
{{bullet1|Email Template|Select the email template that you want to use for this email}}
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Termination Period|Update the termination period for the asset}}
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Annual Maintenance Review Date|Update the annual maintenance review date}}
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
+
{{bullet1|Scheduled Retired Date|Update the date that the asset set to retire on}}
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
+
{{bullet1|Actual Retired Date|Update the date that the asset was retired on}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Reason|Update why the asset was disposed of}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Price|Update how much it cost to dispose of the asset}}
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Code|Update the disposal code}}
<!-- *                                                    Get Request Information                                                * -->
+
{{bullet1|Beneficiary|Update who the beneficiary of the asset is}}
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
{{bullet1|Depreciation Method|Update the depreciation method}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Depreciation Start Date|Update when the asset cost starts deprecating }}
 
+
{{bullet1|Depreciation Value|Update the current depreciation value}}
====Get Request Information====
+
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
Use the Get Request Information node at any stage in a process and preceding another process node when you want to make the variables of the Request available.  Variables may include Customer, Status, Site, Priority, or any Answers to Customer defined questions from different Progressive capture forms or attributes of the customer or organisation of the request the business process is running against.
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                  Customer Details                                                          * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|Customer_Details|Customer Details|
 
[[File:bpmgetcustomerdetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/3a/Bpmgetcustomerdetails.png]]|
 
Use this option at the start of a stage or preceding a task, authorisation, or decision node to load the Customer's organisations details (variables) into the stage, and to make them available to other node operations where you may wish to specify or refer to '''Variable''' values from the customer of the request.|
 
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
 
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                              Source Email Details                                                        * -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Software_Assets_-_Additional_Properties|Update Software Assets - Additional Properties|
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
[[File:Update_Software_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/91/Update_Software_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png]]|
{{BPMAutomation|Source_Email_Details|Source Email Details|
+
Update the Additional Properties attributes of assets belonging to the Software class that are associated to the request|
[[File:bpmsourceemaildetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/ad/Bpmsourceemaildetails.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
When the origin of a Request is an email (i.e. raised via Routing Rules or Email View), this option can be used to retrieve the details of the email message. This includes FROM address, TO address, subject, content, date sent and date received. You can use the Variable Picker or the Expressions Builder to make a decision on the retrieved details.|
 
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
 
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                              Organisation Details                                                        * -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Software_Assets_-_General_Information|Update Software Assets - General Information|
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
[[File:Update_Software_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/e3/Update_Software_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
{{BPMAutomation|Organisation_Details|Organisation Details|
+
Update the General Information attributes of assets belonging to the Software class that are associated to the request|
[[File:bpmorganisationdetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/1c/Bpmorganisationdetails.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
Use this option at the start of a stage or preceding a task, authorisation, or a decision node to load the Customer's Organisations details to make them available as variables to other node operations where you may wish to specify or refer to values from the customer's organisation associated to the request.|
+
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets.  Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
+
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assets.  Options include active, current, and archived}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Sub State|Update the sub state of the asset}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
<!-- *                                                      Owner Details                                                        * -->
+
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Notes|Upldate the notes for the assets}}
{{BPMAutomation|GetRequestInfoOwner|Owner Details|
+
{{bullet1|Owned By|Update the owner of the assets}}
[[File:getrequestownerbpm.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/8/8b/Getrequestownerbpm.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Used By|Update who uses the assets}}
Use this operation when you need to use information about the owner of the request for making decisions or to populate other BPM operations with this data.  This operation will populate a number of variables that represent the information about the owner of the request.|
+
{{bullet1|Department|Update the department that the asset is associated to}}
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
+
{{bullet1|Description|Update the asset description}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Booking|Update if the asset is available for booking}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Purpose|Update the purpose of the assets}}
<!-- *                                                    Request Details                                                        * -->
+
{{bullet1|Last Audited Date|Update the last audit date for the assets}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Location Type|Update the type of location where the asset is}}
{{BPMAutomation|GetRequestInfoRequestDetails|Request Details|
+
{{bullet1|Location|Update the Location of the assets}}
[[File:getrequestdetailsbpm.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/b/bb/Getrequestdetailsbpm.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Country|Update the country where the asset is located}}
Use this operation when you need to use information held within a request for making decisions or to populate other BPM operations with this data.  This operation will populate a number of variables that represent the information held within a request.| 
+
{{bullet1|Building|Update the building where the asset is located}}
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
+
{{bullet1|Room|Update the room where the asset is}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Rack|Update the rack where the asset is located}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|U Height|Update the U height location in the rack}}
<!-- *                                                Progressive Capture Answers                                                * -->
+
{{bullet1|U Position|Update the U position of the asset in the rack}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Site|Update the site where the asset is located}}
{{BPMAutomation|Progessive_Capture_Answers|Progressive Capture Answers|
+
{{bullet1|Floor|Update the Floor where the asset is located}}
[[File:bpmprogressivecaptureanswers.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/d/d7/Bpmprogressivecaptureanswers.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Geo Location|Update the Geo-location where the asset is located}}
Use this option before a '''Decision''' node, if you want to load into the process the '''Answers''' from Progressive Capture Custom Forms.  By selecting this option, you can load and make available the answers to progressive capture custom forms, to then evaluate in following '''Decision''' nodes. 
+
{{bullet1|Static|Update if the asset is a static or not}}
 
+
{{bullet1|Cost|Update the cost of the asset}}
An example of the use of this node could be if you have created a custom form which asked questions about a new start, and one of these questions was to determine which Department they would be joining, it is feasible in your business process that you may wish to check the answer value, and if it was '''Sales''' then branch in one direction, and if it was '''Accounts''' you may want to branch in another direction.  Using the Get Request Information > Progressive Capture Answers will allow these answers to be evaluated in a supporting business process.|
+
{{bullet1|Asset Tag|Update the Asset Tag}}
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
+
{{bullet1|Order Number|Update the Order number}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Invoice Number|Update the Invoice number}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Cost|Update how much the annual maintenance cost of the asset is}}
<!-- *                                                      Service Details                                                      * -->
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Reference|Update the Reference to the maintenance contract}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Supplier ID|Update the ID of the asset supplier}}
{{BPMAutomation|Service_Details|Service Details|
+
{{bullet1|Supplier Contract|Update the name of the Supplier Contract associated to the asset}}
[[File:bpmservicedetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/10/Bpmservicedetails.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Product ID|Update the Product ID}}
Use this operation to extract details of the service that is set against a request in order to use the Service Details to use with decision node outcomes within your workflow.|
+
{{bullet1|Order Date|Update the Order date}}
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
+
{{bullet1|Received Date|Upldate the receive date}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Cost Center|Update the cost center}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Acq. Method|Update the method of how the asset was acquired}}
<!-- *                                                        Site Details                                                      * -->
+
{{bullet1|Warranty Start|Update the start of the warranty date}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Warranty Expires|Update the warranty expiry date}}
{{BPMAutomation|GetRequestInfoRequestDetails|Site Details|
+
{{bullet1|Supported By|Update who supports this asset}}
[[File:getrequestsitebpm.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/0a/Getrequestsitebpm.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Notice Period|Update the notice period for Maintenance contract renewal}}
Use this operation when you need to use information held within a request for making decisions or to populate other BPM operations with this site details.  This operation will populate a number of variables that represent the site information held within a request.|
+
{{bullet1|Maintenance Termination Period|Update the termination period for the asset}}
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
+
{{bullet1|Annual Maintenance Review Date|Update the annual maintenance review date}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Scheduled Retired Date|Update the date that the asset set to retire on}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Actual Retired Date|Update the date that the asset was retired on}}
<!-- *                                                        Team Details                                                      * -->
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Reason|Update why the asset was disposed of}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Price|Update how much it cost to dispose of the asset}}
{{BPMAutomation|GetTeamDetails|Team Details|
+
{{bullet1|Disposal Code|Update the disposal code}}
[[File:getteamdetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a2/Getteamdetails.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Beneficiary|Update who the beneficiary of the asset is}}
Use this operation when you need to get information about the team that the request is assigned to. This can be used for making decisions or to populate other BPM operations with this team details.  Team Manager and Team Lead information can also be returned to help with notifications and assignments for important requests.|  
+
{{bullet1|Depreciation Method|Update the depreciation method}}
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
+
{{bullet1|Depreciation Start Date|Update when the asset cost starts deprecating }}
 +
{{bullet1|Depreciation Value|Update the current depreciation value}}
 +
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 
}}
 
}}
  
====Integration====
 
  
Use the Integration node at any stage of a process, where you wish to invoke specific actions against a 3rd party application from the available list of applications.
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Telecoms_Assets_-_Additional_Properties|Update Telecoms Assets - Additional Properties|
 +
[[File:Update_Telecoms_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a4/Update_Telecoms_Assets_-_Additional_Properties.png]]|
 +
Update the Additional Properties attributes of assets belonging to the Telecoms class that are associated to the request|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 +
}}
  
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
+
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Telecoms_Assets_-_General_Information|Update Telecoms Assets - General Information|
* Create Jira Request
+
[[File:Update_Telecoms_Assets_-_General_Information.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/e7/Update_Telecoms_Assets_-_General_Information.png]]|
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
+
Update the General Information attributes of assets belonging to the Telecoms class that are associated to the request|
::Requests > Integration > Create Jira Request
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
[[File:Creat_Jira_Request.png|600px]]
+
{{bullet1|Operational State|Update the operational state of the assets. Options include pre-production, operational, and retired}}
 
+
{{bullet1|State|Update the state of the assetsOptions include active, current, and archived}}
Create a new request in a specific Jira instance and against a parent project. Using this option will create a new request in Jira, of the required type.   
+
{{bullet1|Sub State|Update the sub state of the asset}}
*This will pass the summary and description of the Service Manager request to the newly created request in Jira, and then pass back the Jira request id into the '''External Reference''' field on the Service Manager request if successful, as well as include an update in the request timeline if required, with a hyperlink to the request in Jira. If the request to raise a request fails, this will also be written to the Service Manager Timeline with the reason for the failure to create.
+
{{bullet1|Company|Update the company that the assets should be associated to}}
 
+
{{bullet1|Name|Update the name of the assets}}
The following options need to be Configured:
+
{{bullet1|Notes|Upldate the notes for the assets}}
 
+
{{bullet1|Owned By|Update the owner of the assets}}
*'''Request id:''' Leave as Auto to pick up on the Request id against which the process is running.
+
{{bullet1|Used By|Update who uses the assets}}
*'''Use App Settings:''' Set to Yes if you want to use the global values you can define in the system settings for Service Manager (Home > Service Manager > Application), select No if you want to manually set the values to use for this specific node.
+
{{bullet1|Department|Update the department that the asset is associated to}}
 
+
{{bullet1|Description|Update the asset description}}
If selecting Yes, the following system settings will need to have been set and will be used:
+
{{bullet1|Booking|Update if the asset is available for booking}}
 
+
{{bullet1|Purpose|Update the purpose of the assets}}
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.issueType''': This is the Jira Issue type which will be created - Bug, Improvement, New Feature, Task or custom created on your Jira instance.
+
{{bullet1|Last Audited Date|Update the last audit date for the assets}}
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.userName''': The Username of the account in Jira which the new request will be created under.
+
{{bullet1|Location Type|Update the type of location where the asset is}}
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.password''': The Password for the user account in Jira which the new request will be created under.
+
{{bullet1|Location|Update the Location of the assets}}
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.projectName''': The Parent Project to which the new request will belong.
+
{{bullet1|Country|Update the country where the asset is located}}
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.url''': The full URL for the Jira instance against which the new request will be created.
+
{{bullet1|Building|Update the building where the asset is located}}
 
+
{{bullet1|Room|Update the room where the asset is}}
If selecting No the following options will need to be manually set
+
{{bullet1|Rack|Update the rack where the asset is located}}
 
+
{{bullet1|U Height|Update the U height location in the rack}}
*'''URL:'''  The full URL for the Jira instance against which the new request will be created.
+
{{bullet1|U Position|Update the U position of the asset in the rack}}
*'''Project Name:''' The Parent Project to which the new request will belong.
+
{{bullet1|Site|Update the site where the asset is located}}
*'''Issue Type:''' This is the Jira Issue type which will be created - Bug, Improvement, New Feature, Task or custom created on your Jira instance.
+
{{bullet1|Floor|Update the Floor where the asset is located}}
*'''Username:''' The Username of the account in Jira which the new request will be created under.
+
{{bullet1|Geo Location|Update the Geo-location where the asset is located}}
*'''Password:''' The Password for the user account in Jira which the new request will be created under.
+
{{bullet1|Static|Update if the asset is a static or not}}
 +
{{bullet1|Cost|Update the cost of the asset}}
 +
{{bullet1|Asset Tag|Update the Asset Tag}}
 +
{{bullet1|Order Number|Update the Order number}}
 +
{{bullet1|Invoice Number|Update the Invoice number}}
 +
{{bullet1|Maintenance Cost|Update how much the annual maintenance cost of the asset is}}
 +
{{bullet1|Maintenance Reference|Update the Reference to the maintenance contract}}
 +
{{bullet1|Supplier ID|Update the ID of the asset supplier}}
 +
{{bullet1|Supplier Contract|Update the name of the Supplier Contract associated to the asset}}
 +
{{bullet1|Product ID|Update the Product ID}}
 +
{{bullet1|Order Date|Update the Order date}}
 +
{{bullet1|Received Date|Upldate the receive date}}
 +
{{bullet1|Cost Center|Update the cost center}}
 +
{{bullet1|Acq. Method|Update the method of how the asset was acquired}}
 +
{{bullet1|Warranty Start|Update the start of the warranty date}}
 +
{{bullet1|Warranty Expires|Update the warranty expiry date}}
 +
{{bullet1|Supported By|Update who supports this asset}}
 +
{{bullet1|Maintenance Notice Period|Update the notice period for Maintenance contract renewal}}
 +
{{bullet1|Maintenance Termination Period|Update the termination period for the asset}}
 +
{{bullet1|Annual Maintenance Review Date|Update the annual maintenance review date}}
 +
{{bullet1|Scheduled Retired Date|Update the date that the asset set to retire on}}
 +
{{bullet1|Actual Retired Date|Update the date that the asset was retired on}}
 +
{{bullet1|Disposal Reason|Update why the asset was disposed of}}
 +
{{bullet1|Disposal Price|Update how much it cost to dispose of the asset}}
 +
{{bullet1|Disposal Code|Update the disposal code}}
 +
{{bullet1|Beneficiary|Update who the beneficiary of the asset is}}
 +
{{bullet1|Depreciation Method|Update the depreciation method}}
 +
{{bullet1|Depreciation Start Date|Update when the asset cost starts deprecating }}
 +
{{bullet1|Depreciation Value|Update the current depreciation value}}
 +
{{bullet1|Residual Value|Update the residual value}}
 +
}}
  
In either case the following can also be configured manually.
+
====Assignment====
 +
Use the Assignment node to automatically assign a request to different Service Manager users or teams.
  
*'''Update Timeline:''' Leave this as Auto if you want the Service Manager Request Timeline to be updated to record the fact that a Request has been created in Jira, and for the update to contain a hyperlink to the newly created request in Jira (as shown below)
+
{{BPMAutomation|AssignToServiceTeam|Assign to Service Team|
[[File:Jira_Create.png|600px]]
+
[[File:bpmassigntoserviceteam.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/6e/Bpmassigntoserviceteam.png]]|
</div>
+
Assign to Service Team assigns the request to the team that supports the service. If no team supports the service that the request is logged against then the request is not assigned. If more than one team supports the service, the request is assigned to the team that has supported the service the longest. This automated task does not assign the request to an individual within the team(s) supported by the service.|
</div>
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Use Request Service|Choose whether or not to use the service of the request. The default is No. If this parameter is set to Yes, it will override any other service specified as an input parameter}}
 +
{{bullet1|Service|The Service ID of the service which is supported by the team to be assigned to the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 +
}}
  
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
+
{{BPMAutomation|AssignToTeam|Assign to Team|
* Add Jira Request Comment
+
[[File:bpmassigntoteam.png|thumb|link=link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/8/8a/Bpmassigntoteam.png|Assign to Team]]|
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
+
Use this option to assign the request to a specified team.  |
::Requests > Integration > Add Jira Request Comment
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
[[File:Add_Jira_Comment.png|600px]]
+
{{bullet1|Team|Select a team from the list of available teams that have been defined under the Organizational Data in Administration}}
 +
{{bullet1|Team (From Variable)|Assign to a Team based on a variable that has been populated using Progressive Capture or through the Get Information nodes}}
 +
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 +
}}
  
Add a comment to an existing Jira request.
+
{{BPMAutomation|AssignToOwner|Assign to Owner|
* This option will allow for a predefined comment to be added to a specific Jira Request.  The configured comment will be added to the Jira request id, which is held in the '''External Reference''' field of the Service Manager request, against which this node is invoked from it's underlying business processIn most cases this will have been created automatically by using the '''Create Jira Request''' earlier in the same business process, but the Jira Request id can have been added manually to the Service Manager request '''External Reference''' field as well. 
+
[[File:bpmassigntoowner.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/e9/Bpmassigntoowner.png]]|
 +
Use this option to assign the request to a specific Service Manager analyst.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPMThis should be set to ''Auto''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Team|The Team ID to be applied to the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Owner|The user ID to be applied to the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this updateChoosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 +
}}
  
The following options need to be Configured:
+
{{BPMAutomation|AssignTOwnerVariable|Assign to Owner (Variable)|
 +
[[File:bpmassigntoownervariable.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/e9/Bpmassigntoowner.png]]|
 +
Use this option to assign the request to a specific Service Manager analyst using a dynamic value provided by a runtime variable that has been populated using Progressive Capture or through the Get Information nodes|
 +
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Team|Select a team from the list of available teams that have been defined under the Organizational Data in Administration. If no team specified and if the designated owner is a member of multiple teams, the team that gets assigned will be the first team in a list of owner teams ordered by team name.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Owner|Assign to an analyst based on a variable that has been populated using Progressive Capture or through the Get Information nodes}}
 +
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
 +
}}
  
*'''Request id:''' Leave as Auto to pick up on the Request id against which the process is running.
+
{{BPMAutomation|AssignToRequestCreator|Assign to Request Creator|
*'''Use App Settings:''' Set to Yes if you want to use the global values you can define in the system settings for Service Manager (Home > Service Manager > Application), select No if you want to manually set the values to use for this specific node.
+
[[File:bpmassigntorequestcreator.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/7/7c/Bpmassigntorequestcreator.png]]|
 +
Use this option to automatically assign the request to the Service Manager analyst who created / raised the request via Progressive Capture|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to ''Auto''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Team|The Team ID to be applied to the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
 +
}}
  
If selecting Yes, the following system settings will need to have been set and will be used:
+
{{BPMAutomation|AssignToMostAvailableAnalyst|Assign to Most Available Analyst|
 +
[[File:bpmassigntomostavailable.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/2c/Bpmassigntomostavailable.png]]|
 +
Using ''Assign to Most Available Analyst'' is a great way to automatically assign out requests to the members of a team.  This operation works on the basis of capacity. The system will look through the members of the selected team and will assign the request to the member who has the least amount of open requests. If more than one team member have an equal number of open requests and have the least amount of assigned requests, the system will allocate the request to the team member who has had the greatest amount of time pass since their last assignment.
  
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.userName''': The Username of the account in Jira which the new comment will be created under.
+
The system will take into account the user status which is found on their profile. If the user status is set to anything other than 'Available' that user/analyst/team member will not be considered as a request owner|
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.password''': The Password for the user account in Jira which the new comment will be created under.
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''.}}
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.url''': The full URL for the Jira instance against which the new request comment will be added.
+
{{bullet1|Team|Select the team that you would like to participate in the Round Robin Assignment. This is a mandatory setting and must be set to Manual and have a team assigned.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Include Offline Users|This takes into account if the user is logged into Hornbill and have an active session. The default behavior (Auto) is to include offline users. Set this option to ''No'' if you don't want requests assigned to users that are not online. If all the team members are off-line, the request will be assigned to just the team. In order for this to work effectively when taking into account users logged in status, users will need to be disciplined in logging off Hornbill. Simply closing the browser window does not end a users session(s). We would also strongly recommend that you disable the allow multi-logon option on your instance, otherwise taking into consideration a users Logged On status will be unreliable.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Exclude On-hold Requests|If set to "Yes", when determining a user's availability, any requests that are on-hold will not be included when calculating availability. The default value is "No"}}
 +
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 +
}}
  
If selecting No the following options will need to be manually set
+
{{BPMAutomation|RoundRobin|Assign on Round Robin Basis|
 +
[[File:bpmroundrobin.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/4/41/Bpmroundrobin.png|Round Robin BPM Operation]]|
 +
Using the ''Assign Round Robin'' is a great way to automatically assign out requests to the members of a team . The system will look through the members of the selected team and will assign the request to the member who has had the greatest amount of time pass since their last assignment. The system will take into account the user's status which is found on their profile. If the user's status is set to anything other than 'Available' that user will not be considered for assignment. This does not take into account the volume of requests assigned to each user.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 +
{{bullet1|Team|Select the team that you would like to participate in the Round Robin Assignment.  This is a mandatory setting and must be set to Manual and have a team assigned}}
 +
{{bullet1|Include Offline Users|This takes into account if the user is logged into Hornbill and have an active session. The default behavior (Auto) is to include offline users.  Set this option to ''No'' if you don't want requests assigned to users that are not online. In order for Round Robin to work effectively when taking into account users login status, users must become disciplined in logging off Hornbill via the User menu located to the top right. Simply closing the browser window does not end a users session. We would also strongly recommend that you disable the allow multi-logon option on your instance, otherwise taking into consideration a users Logged On status will be unreliable.}}
 +
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 +
}}
  
*'''URL:''' The full URL for the Jira instance against which the new request will be created.
+
==== Authorisation Decision ====
*'''Username:''' The Username of the account in Jira which the new comment will be created under.
+
Use the Authorisation Decision node to mark on a Change or Service Request form if an authorization decision has been made.
*'''Password:''' The Password for the user account in Jira which the new request comment will be added.
+
{{BPMAutomation|Approved|Approved|
 
+
[[File:bpmapproved.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/56/Bpmapproved.png]]|
In either case the following will also need to be configured manually.
+
Use this Authorisation Decision node to mark on a Change or Service Request as being approved. The status of ''Approved'' will be displayed in the Information panel on the request.|
 
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
*'''Comment:''' Configure the message content which will be added to the Jira Request
+
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
*'''Update Timeline:''' Leave this as Auto if you want the Service Manager Request Timeline to be updated to record the fact that a comment has been added to a request in Jira, and for the timeline update to contain a hyperlink to the newly created comment in the Jira request (as shown below)
+
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
[[File:Jira_Comment.png|600px]]
+
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
 +
}}
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Rejected|Rejected|
 +
[[File:bpmrejected.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/d/d5/Bpmrejected.png]]|
 +
Use this Authorization Decision node to mark on a Change or Service Request as being rejected. The status of ''Rejected'' will be displayed in the Information panel on the request.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 +
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
 +
}}
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Clear|Clear|
 +
[[File:bpmclearauthorization.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/21/Bpmclearauthorization.png]]|
 +
Use this Authorization Decision node to clear a previous authorization decision that was added to the request. Once cleared, the authorization decision will no longer show in the Information Panel.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 +
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
 
 +
====Collaboration====
  
This will add the Comment into the '''Comments''' tab of the Activity section on the Jira request as shown below.
+
Use the Collaboration node to post an automated update onto a public workspace at any stage in a process.  This will be visible to members of the specified workspace, on the timeline of the workspace and their News Feeds. 
[[File:Jira_Comment_Jira.png|600px]]
+
 
</div>
+
{{BPMAutomation|CommentOnPost|Comment on Existing Public Workspace Post|
</div>
+
[[File:bpmcommentonpost.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/d/d3/Bpmcommentonpost.png]]|
 +
Use this node to automate the adding of a comment to an existing Post in a workspace. It will always look to add the comment to the most recent post from the request in the workspace. An example use case for this node, is to include the Comment Update after key milestones such as Logged, In progress, Resolved, Closed or Change Accepted, Scheduled, Implemented, Reviewed.  This will allow members of the workspace to stay informed about request progress without the need to monitor lists or queues. This node will only be applicable if the '''Post to Public Workspace''' Node has been used and a Post already exists from the request in a Workspace.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 +
{{bullet1|Workspace|The ID of the workspace where the comment will be posted}}
 +
{{bullet1|Content|The content of the comment to be added to the post}}
 +
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
 +
}}
 +
{{BPMAutomation|CommentOnRequestSourcePost|Comment on Request Source Post|
 +
[[File:bpmcommentonsourcepost.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/8/88/Bpmcommentonsourcepost.png]]|
 +
Use this option when the source of the request is from a post in order to post a comment back to this source post.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 +
{{bullet1|Content|The content of the comment to be added to the post}}
 +
{{bullet1|Include Id|Include the Request Id in the comment which will include a link in the comment, back to the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Include Summary|Include the Summary of the request in the comment as part of the link back to the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
 +
}}
 +
{{BPMAutomation|PostToPublicWorkspace|Post to Public Workspace|
 +
[[File:bpmposttoworkspace.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/38/Bpmposttoworkspace.png]]|
 +
Use this node to add a new post to a specific workspace. This will allow you to post important information to Collaboration users pertaining to the request.
 +
 
 +
One example of it's use would be during a Change Request, to let interested parties / stakeholders (Workspace Members) know that the Change had been accepted, scheduled and would therefore be being deployed.  The member's of the workspace may not be Service Manager subscribed users, but their Collaboration subscription would enable them to be kept informed about Change, Problem,  or Major Incident notifications by receiving notifications about the automated '''Posting''' from this node to their workspaces. |
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 +
{{bullet1|Workspace|The ID of the workspace where the comment will be posted}}
 +
{{bullet1|Content|The content of the comment to be added to the post}}
 +
{{bullet1|Include Id|Include the Request Id in the comment which will include a link in the comment, back to the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Include Summary|Include the Summary of the request in the comment as part of the link back to the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Update Timeline|Include a Timeline update on the request when this automation has completed}}
 +
}}
  
<!-- ******************************************************** START OF NEW REQUEST ********************************************** -->
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
<div id="integrationnewrequest"></div>
 
* Log New Service Request
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
 
::{|
 
|- valign="top"
 
|style="width:700px"|
 
[[File:bpmintegrationrequest.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a6/Bpmintegrationrequest.png|Log New Request]]
 
==== Log New Service Request ====
 
This node can be used by other Hornbill apps to raise requests within Service Manager. 
 
==== Options ====
 
:* ''' Summary'''
 
:: To add a summary to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the summary
 
:* ''' Description'''
 
:: To add a description to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the description
 
:* ''' Service '''
 
:: To add a Service to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Service from the pick list
 
:* ''' Catalog Item '''
 
:: To add a Catalog Item to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the name of the Catalog Item
 
:* ''' Priority '''
 
:: To add a Priority to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Priority from the pick list
 
:* ''' Category '''
 
:: To add a Request Category to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the Category selector.
 
:* ''' Team '''
 
:: To add a Team to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a team from the pick list
 
:* ''' Owner '''
 
:: To add an Owner to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select start typing the name of the user and then select them from the pick list
 
:* ''' Site '''
 
:: To add a Site to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Site from the pick list
 
:* ''' Status '''
 
:: To set the status on the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a status from the pick list
 
:* '''System Timeline Update'''
 
:: To include a Timeline entry in the new request to record the raising of the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Manual Timeline Update '''
 
:: To provide a unique Timeline Update in the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the text window to add your unique timeline entry.
 
:* ''' Visibility'''
 
:: Set the Visibility of the Timeline Entry if one is provided.
 
|}
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
<!-- **************************************END OF OPERATION DOCUMENTATION***************************************************** -->
 
  
====Linked Requests====
+
====Email Notifications====        
Use the Linked Requests node to automatically post updates and resolve linked RequestsLinked requests are those that have been linked using the Link Action Item on a request form.
+
Use the Email Notification nodes to send email templates to different Request stakeholdersConfiguration options include recipient, which email template to use and which mailbox to send the email from.
  
<!-- ******************************* START OF RESOLVE LINKED REQUESTS ******************************************************** -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|EmailContact|Email Contact|
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
+
[[File:bpmemailcontact.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/68/Bpmemailcontact.png]]|
* Resolve Linked Requests
+
Use this node to send an email to a contact that has a contact record stored in Hornbill|
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
 
::{|
 
|- valign="top"
 
|style="width:700px"|
 
[[File:bpmresolvelinkedrequest.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/19/Bpmresolvelinkedrequest.png|Resolve Linked Requests]]
 
  
==== Resolve Linked Requests ====
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
This option allows you at specific times in a process to resolve linked requests. The options include defining the update text which will be added to the linked requests, as well as setting granular options to decide which linked request types should be updated. For example you may only want the Incidents from the Problem to receive the update, and not the Change, which the Problem is also linked too.
+
{{bullet1|Contact|Select a contact from the searchable pick list. Only contacts that have records stored in Hornbill will be available}}
 +
{{bullet1|CC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Carbon Copy recipients}}
 +
{{bullet1|BCC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Blind Carbon Copy recipients}}
 +
{{bullet1|Mailbox Name|Select the Hornbill Mailbox from which you want this sent. If this is not set, it will use the default mailbox for the Service that the request has been raised under}}
 +
{{bullet1|Email From|Select the email address that you want listed as the sender.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Email Template Entity|Select the Entity from which you want to use the associated Email Templates. For example select the Change Request Entity to use email templates that contain variables which are specific to this entity. Leave this as ''Auto'' to use the default ''Request'' entity.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Email Template|Select the email template that you want to use for this email}}
 +
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
 +
}}
  
==== Options ====
+
{{BPMAutomation|EmailCoworker|Email Co-worker|
:* '''Request ID'''
+
[[File:bpmemailcoworker.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/b/b3/Bpmemailcoworker.png]]|
:: This value is automatically applied.  Leave this setting as ''Auto''
+
Use this node to send an email to a Co-worker that has a user account in Hornbill|
:* '''Request Type'''
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
:: When set, only the request type that is selected will be resolved. When not set, all linked requests will be resolved
+
{{bullet1|Co-worker|Select a Co-worker from the searchable pick list. Only Co-workers that have accounts in Hornbill will be available}}
:* '''Status'''
+
{{bullet1|Co-worker (From Variable)|Set a Co-worker from a variable}}
:: Select the status that you wish to set the linked requests to. Either '''Resolve''' or '''Close'''
+
{{bullet1|CC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Carbon Copy recipients}}
:* '''Visibility'''
+
{{bullet1|BCC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Blind Carbon Copy recipients}}
:: Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
+
{{bullet1|Mailbox Name|Select the Hornbill Mailbox from which you want this sent. If this is not set, it will use the default mailbox for the Service that the request has been raised under}}
:* '''System Timeline Update'''
+
{{bullet1|Email From|Select the email address that you want listed as the sender.}}
::Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
+
{{bullet1|Email Template Entity|Select the Entity from which you want to use the associated Email Templates. For example select the Change Request Entity to use email templates that contain variables which are specific to this entity. Leave this as ''Auto'' to use the default ''Request'' entity.}}
:* '''Manual Timeline Update'''
+
{{bullet1|Email Template|Select the email template that you want to use for this email}}
::Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
+
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
:* '''Stop Timers'''
+
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
:: If there are Service Level Target Timers (Response or Resolution) on the linked request, these timers will be stopped and the Target marked
+
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this updateChoosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
:* '''Notify Owner'''
+
}}
:: Notify the owner of any linked request when resolvedThe type of notification will be based on the Service Manager application settings
 
::: '''guest.app.requests.notification.notificationType.teamLinkedRequestResolveAction'''
 
::: '''guest.app.requests.notification.notificationType.teamLinkedRequestResolveAction'''
 
:* '''Email Customer'''
 
:: Send an email to Customer of the linked requests. Requires that the Mailbox Name and Email Template are selected
 
:* '''Mailbox Name'''
 
:: Name of the mailbox from which to send a customer email when the Email Customer option is set to ''Yes''
 
:* '''Email Template'''
 
:: Name of the Email Template to use when the Email Customer option is set to ''Yes''
 
|}
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
  
<!-- **************************************START OF UPDATE LINKED REQUESTS***************************************************** -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|EmailCustomer|Email Customer|
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
+
[[File:bpmemailcustomer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/23/Bpmemailcustomer.png]]|
* Update Linked Requests
+
Use this node to send an email to the customer that is associated to the request|
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
+
{{bullet1|CC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Carbon Copy recipients}}
::{|
+
{{bullet1|BCC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Blind Carbon Copy recipients}}
|- valign="top"
+
{{bullet1|Mailbox Name|Select the Hornbill Mailbox from which you want this sent. If this is not set, it will use the default mailbox for the Service that the request has been raised under}}
|style="width:700px"|
+
{{bullet1|Email From|Select the email address that you want listed as the sender.}}
[[File:bpmupdatelinkedrequests.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/64/Bpmupdatelinkedrequests.png|Update Linked Requests]]
+
{{bullet1|Email Template Entity|Select the Entity from which you want to use the associated Email Templates. For example select the Change Request Entity to use email templates that contain variables which are specific to this entity. Leave this as ''Auto'' to use the default ''Request'' entity}}
 +
{{bullet1|Email Template|Select the email template that you want to use for this email}}
 +
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
 +
}}
  
==== Update Linked Requests ====
+
{{BPMAutomation|EmailCustomerManager|Email Customer Manager|
This option allows you at specific times in a process to update linked requests.  The options include defining the update text which will be added to the linked requests, as well as setting granular options to decide which linked request types should be updated. For example you may only want the Incidents from the Problem to receive the update, and not the Change, which the Problem is also linked too.
+
[[File:bpmemailcustomermanager.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/9e/Bpmemailcustomermanager.png]]|
 +
Use this node to send an email to the Manager of the customer that is associated to the request|
 +
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
 +
{{bullet1|CC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Carbon Copy recipients}}
 +
{{bullet1|BCC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Blind Carbon Copy recipients}}
 +
{{bullet1|Mailbox Name|Select the Hornbill Mailbox from which you want this sent. If this is not set, it will use the default mailbox for the Service that the request has been raised under}}
 +
{{bullet1|Email From|Select the email address that you want listed as the sender.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Email Template Entity|Select the Entity from which you want to use the associated Email Templates. For example select the Change Request Entity to use email templates that contain variables which are specific to this entity. Leave this as ''Auto'' to use the default ''Request'' entity. }}
 +
{{bullet1|Email Template|Select the email template that you want to use for this email}}
 +
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
 +
}}
  
==== Options ====
+
{{BPMAutomation|EmailExternalAddress|Email External Address|
:* '''Request ID'''
+
[[File:bpmemailexternal.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/4/4a/Bpmemailexternal.png]]|
:: This value is automatically appliedLeave this setting as ''Auto''
+
Use this node to send an email to one or more email addresses that are not available within Hornbill|
:* '''Content'''
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
:: Provide the text that you would like to include in the update
+
{{bullet1|External Addresses|Add one or more email addresses that are not held within HornbillMultiple email address must be separated by a comma. '''Note:''' Please ensure there is no trailing comma. This will create an additional, empty, address which will cause an error.}}
:* '''Visibility'''
+
{{bullet1|CC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Carbon Copy recipients}}
:* Set the visibility level for the update. Decide if this is only for the team, or if it should be a customer facing update which the customer can view via the timeline of the requests on the portals.
+
{{bullet1|BCC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Blind Carbon Copy recipients}}
:* '''Request Type'''
+
{{bullet1|Mailbox Name|Select the Hornbill Mailbox from which you want this sent. If this is not set, it will use the default mailbox for the Service that the request has been raised under}}
:: Select a specific request type where only the linked requests of this type will be updated
+
{{bullet1|Email From|Select the email address that you want listed as the sender.}}
:* '''Update Closed Requests'''
+
{{bullet1|Email Template Entity|Select the Entity from which you want to use the associated Email Templates. For example select the Change Request Entity to use email templates that contain variables which are specific to this entity. Leave this as ''Auto'' to use the default ''Request'' entity.}}
:: Set if the update should also be applied to any linked requests which have a closed status.
+
{{bullet1|Email Template|Select the email template that you want to use for this email}}
:* '''System Timeline Update'''
+
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
:: Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
+
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
:* '''Manual Timeline Update'''
+
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
:: Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
+
}}
|}
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
<!-- **************************************END OF OPERATION***************************************************** -->
 
  
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|EmailOwner|Email Request Owner|
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
[[File:bpmemailowner.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/ea/Bpmemailowner.png]]|
<!-- *                                                      Log Requests                                                        * -->
+
Use this node to send an email to the owner of the request|
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|CC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Carbon Copy recipients}}
==== Log Requests ====
+
{{bullet1|BCC|Comma separated email addresses to send as Blind Carbon Copy recipients}}
Use the Log Request to automatically raise another request at a particular point in the workflow.  
+
{{bullet1|Mailbox Name|Select the Hornbill Mailbox from which you want this sent. If this is not set, it will use the default mailbox for the Service that the request has been raised under}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Email From|Select the email address that you want listed as the sender.}}
<!-- *                                                    Log New Change                                                        * -->
+
{{bullet1|Email Template Entity|Select the Entity from which you want to use the associated Email Templates. For example select the Change Request Entity to use email templates that contain variables which are specific to this entity. Leave this as ''Auto'' to use the default ''Request'' entity.}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Email Template|Select the email template that you want to use for this email}}
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
+
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
<div id="LogNewChange"></div>
+
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
* Log New Change
+
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
+
}}
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
+
 
::{|
+
 
|- valign="top"
+
====Get Request Information====
|style="width:700px"|
+
Use the Get Request Information node at any stage in a process and preceding another workflow node when you want to make the variables of the Request available.  Variables may include Customer, Status, Site, Priority, or any Answers to Customer defined questions from different Progressive capture forms or attributes of the customer or organisation of the request the business process is running against.
[[File:bpmlognewchange.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/d/da/Bpmlognewchange.png|Log New Change]]
+
 
:* '''Request ID'''
+
{{BPMAutomation|Category_Details|Catagory Details|
:: This is an automatic option and should be set to ''Auto''
+
[[File:bpmgetcategorydetails.png|thumb|link=]]|
:* ''' Summary'''
+
Use this automation to get information about the logging or closure categories. |
:: To add a summary to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the summary
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
:* ''' Description'''
+
}}
:: To add a description to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the description
+
 
:* ''' Service '''
+
{{BPMAutomation|Customer_Details|Customer Details|
:: To add a Service to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Service from the pick list.  If a Service is specified without a Catalog Item, the BPM workflow set against this request type on the Service Configuration will be used on the new request.
+
[[File:bpmgetcustomerdetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/3a/Bpmgetcustomerdetails.png]]|
:* ''' Catalog Item '''
+
Use this option at the start of a stage or preceding a task, authorisation, or decision node to load the Customer's organisations details (variables) into the stage, and to make them available to other node operations where you may wish to specify or refer to '''Variable''' values from the customer of the request.|
:: To add a Catalog Item to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the name of the Catalog Item. If both a Service and Catalog Item are specified, the BPM workflow set against the Catalog item will be used on the new request.
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
:* ''' Priority '''
+
}}
:: To add a Priority to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Priority from the pick list
+
 
:* ''' Category '''
+
{{BPMAutomation|Source_Email_Details|Source Email Details|
:: To add a Request Category to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the Category selector.
+
[[File:bpmsourceemaildetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/ad/Bpmsourceemaildetails.png]]|
:* ''' Team '''
+
When the origin of a Request is an email (i.e. raised via Routing Rules or Email View), this option can be used to retrieve the details of the email message. This includes FROM address, TO address, subject, content, date sent and date received. You can use the Variable Picker or the Expressions Builder to make a decision on the retrieved details.|
:: To add a Team to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a team from the pick list
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
:* ''' Owner '''
+
}}
:: To add an Owner to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select start typing the name of the user and then select them from the pick list
+
 
:* ''' Site '''
+
{{BPMAutomation|Organisation_Details|Organisation Details|
:: To add a Site to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Site from the pick list
+
[[File:bpmorganisationdetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/1c/Bpmorganisationdetails.png]]|
:* ''' Status '''
+
Use this option at the start of a stage or preceding a task, authorisation, or a decision node to load the Customer's Organisations details to make them available as variables to other node operations where you may wish to specify or refer to values from the customer's organisation associated to the request.|
:: To set the status on the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a status from the pick list
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
:* ''' Copy Customer? '''
+
}}
:: To use the same Customer as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
 
:* ''' Copy Summary? '''
+
{{BPMAutomation|GetRequestInfoOwner|Owner Details|
:: To use the same Summary as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
[[File:getrequestownerbpm.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/8/8b/Getrequestownerbpm.png]]|
:* ''' Copy Description? '''
+
Use this operation when you need to use information about the owner of the request for making decisions or to populate other BPM operations with this data.  This operation will populate a number of variables that represent the information about the owner of the request.|
:: To use the same Description as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
:* ''' Copy Service? '''
+
}}
:: To use the same Service as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
 
:* ''' Copy Priority? '''
+
{{BPMAutomation|GetRequestInfoRequestDetails|Request Details|
:: To use the same Priority as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
[[File:getrequestdetailsbpm.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/b/bb/Getrequestdetailsbpm.png]]|
:* ''' Copy Category? '''
+
Use this operation when you need to use information held within a request for making decisions or to populate other BPM operations with this data.  This operation will populate a number of variables that represent the information held within a request.| 
:: To use the same Category as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
:* ''' Copy Team? '''
+
}}
:: To use the same Team as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
 
:* ''' Copy Owner? '''
+
{{BPMAutomation|Progessive_Capture_Answers|Progressive Capture Answers|
:: To use the same Owner as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
[[File:bpmprogressivecaptureanswers.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/d/d7/Bpmprogressivecaptureanswers.png]]|
:* ''' Copy Site? '''
+
Use this option before a '''Decision''' node, if you want to load into the process the '''Answers''' from Progressive Capture Custom Forms.  By selecting this option, you can load and make available the answers to progressive capture custom forms, to then evaluate in following '''Decision''' nodes.
:: To use the same Site as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
 
:* ''' Copy Status? '''
+
An example of the use of this node could be if you have created a custom form which asked questions about a new start, and one of these questions was to determine which Department they would be joining, it is feasible in your business process that you may wish to check the answer value, and if it was '''Sales''' then branch in one direction, and if it was '''Accounts''' you may want to branch in another direction.  Using the Get Request Information > Progressive Capture Answers will allow these answers to be evaluated in a supporting business process.|
:: To use the same Status as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
:* ''' Copy Questions? '''
+
}}
:: To use the same answers to the questions section on the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
 
:* ''' System Timeline Update '''
+
{{BPMAutomation|Service_Details|Service Details|
:: To include a Timeline entry in the new request to record the raising of the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
[[File:bpmservicedetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/10/Bpmservicedetails.png]]|
:* ''' Manual Timeline Update '''
+
Use this operation to extract details of the service that is set against a request in order to use the Service Details to use with decision node outcomes within your workflow.|
:: To provide a unique Timeline Update in the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the text window to add your unique timeline entry.
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
:* ''' Visibility'''
+
}}
:: Set the Visibility of the Timeline Entry if one is provided.
+
 
|}
+
{{BPMAutomation|GetRequestInfoRequestDetails|Site Details|
</div>
+
[[File:getrequestsitebpm.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/0a/Getrequestsitebpm.png]]|
</div>
+
Use this operation when you need to use information held within a request for making decisions or to populate other BPM operations with this site details.  This operation will populate a number of variables that represent the site information held within a request.|
</div>
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
}}
<!-- *                                                    Log New Incident                                                      * -->
+
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{BPMAutomation|GetTeamDetails|Team Details|
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
+
[[File:getteamdetails.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a2/Getteamdetails.png]]|
<div id="LogNewIncident"></div>
+
Use this operation when you need to get information about the team that the request is assigned to. This can be used for making decisions or to populate other BPM operations with this team details.  Team Manager and Team Lead information can also be returned to help with notifications and assignments for important requests.|
* Log New Incident
+
{{bullet1|Request ID|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request.}}
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
+
}}
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
+
 
::{|
+
====Integration====
|- valign="top"
+
 
|style="width:700px"|
+
Use the Integration node at any stage of a process, where you wish to invoke specific actions against a 3rd party application from the available list of applications.
[[File:lognewincident.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/65/Lognewincident.png|Log New Incident]]
+
 
:* '''Request ID'''
+
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
:: This is an automatic options and should be set to ''Auto''
+
* Create Jira Request
:* ''' Summary'''
+
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
:: To add a summary to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the summary
+
::Requests > Integration > Create Jira Request
:* ''' Description'''
+
[[File:Creat_Jira_Request.png|600px]]
:: To add a description to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the description
+
 
:* ''' Service '''
+
Create a new request in a specific Jira instance and against a parent project. Using this option will create a new request in Jira, of the required type. 
:: To add a Service to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Service from the pick list.  If a Service is specified without a Catalog Item, the BPM workflow set against this request type on the Service Configuration will be used on the new request.
+
*This will pass the summary and description of the Service Manager request to the newly created request in Jira, and then pass back the Jira request id into the '''External Reference''' field on the Service Manager request if successful, as well as include an update in the request timeline if required, with a hyperlink to the request in Jira. If the request to raise a request fails, this will also be written to the Service Manager Timeline with the reason for the failure to create.
:* ''' Catalog Item '''
+
 
:: To add a Catalog Item to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the name of the Catalog Item.  If both a Service and Catalog Item are specified, the BPM workflow set against the Catalog item will be used on the new request.
+
The following options need to be Configured:
:* ''' Priority '''
+
 
:: To add a Priority to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Priority from the pick list
+
*'''Request id:''' Leave as Auto to pick up on the Request id against which the process is running.
:* ''' Category '''
+
*'''Use App Settings:''' Set to Yes if you want to use the global values you can define in the system settings for Service Manager (Home > Service Manager > Application), select No if you want to manually set the values to use for this specific node.
:: To add a Request Category to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the Category selector.
+
 
:* ''' Team '''
+
If selecting Yes, the following system settings will need to have been set and will be used:
:: To add a Team to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a team from the pick list
+
 
:* ''' Owner '''
+
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.issueType''': This is the Jira Issue type which will be created - Bug, Improvement, New Feature, Task or custom created on your Jira instance.
:: To add an Owner to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select start typing the name of the user and then select them from the pick list
+
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.userName''': The Username of the account in Jira which the new request will be created under.
:* ''' Site '''
+
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.password''': The Password for the user account in Jira which the new request will be created under.
:: To add a Site to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Site from the pick list
+
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.projectName''': The Parent Project to which the new request will belong.
:* ''' Status '''
+
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.url''': The full URL for the Jira instance against which the new request will be created.
:: To set the status on the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a status from the pick list
+
 
:* ''' Copy Customer? '''
+
If selecting No the following options will need to be manually set
:: To use the same Customer as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
 
:* ''' Copy Summary? '''
+
*'''URL:'''  The full URL for the Jira instance against which the new request will be created.
:: To use the same Summary as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
*'''Project Name:''' The Parent Project to which the new request will belong.
:* ''' Copy Description? '''
+
*'''Issue Type:''' This is the Jira Issue type which will be created - Bug, Improvement, New Feature, Task or custom created on your Jira instance.
:: To use the same Description as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
*'''Username:''' The Username of the account in Jira which the new request will be created under.
:* ''' Copy Service? '''
+
*'''Password:''' The Password for the user account in Jira which the new request will be created under.
:: To use the same Service as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
 
:* ''' Copy Priority? '''
+
In either case the following can also be configured manually.
:: To use the same Priority as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
 
:* ''' Copy Category? '''
+
*'''Update Timeline:''' Leave this as Auto if you want the Service Manager Request Timeline to be updated to record the fact that a Request has been created in Jira, and for the update to contain a hyperlink to the newly created request in Jira (as shown below)
:: To use the same Category as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
[[File:Jira_Create.png|600px]]
:* ''' Copy Team? '''
 
:: To use the same Team as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Owner? '''
 
:: To use the same Owner as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Site? '''
 
:: To use the same Site as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Status? '''
 
:: To use the same Status as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Questions? '''
 
:: To use the same answers to the questions section on the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' System Timeline Update '''
 
:: To include a Timeline entry in the new request to record the raising of the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Manual Timeline Update '''
 
:: To provide a unique Timeline Update in the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the text window to add your unique timeline entry.
 
:* ''' Visibility'''
 
:: Set the Visibility of the Timeline Entry if one is provided.
 
|}
 
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
</div>
+
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
<!-- *                                                     Log New Known Error                                                    * -->
+
* Add Jira Request Comment
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
{{BPMAutomation|LogNewKnownError|Log New Known Error|
+
::Requests > Integration > Add Jira Request Comment
[[File:Log_New_Known_Error.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/c6/Log_New_Known_Error.png]]|
+
[[File:Add_Jira_Comment.png|600px]]
Use this Hornbill Automation to create a new Known Error Record|
+
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
+
Add a comment to an existing Jira request.
{{bullet1|Summary|To add a summary to the new known error, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the summary}}
+
* This option will allow for a predefined comment to be added to a specific Jira Request.  The configured comment will be added to the Jira request id, which is held in the '''External Reference''' field of the Service Manager request, against which this node is invoked from it's underlying business processIn most cases this will have been created automatically by using the '''Create Jira Request''' earlier in the same business process, but the Jira Request id can have been added manually to the Service Manager request '''External Reference''' field as well. 
{{bullet1|Description|To add a description to the new known error, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the description}}
+
 
{{bullet1|Service|To add a Service to the new known error, set to ''Manual'' and select a Service from the pick list.  If a Service is specified without a Catalog Item, the BPM workflow set against this known error on the Service Configuration will be used on the new request.}}
+
The following options need to be Configured:
{{bullet1|Catalog Item|To add a Catalog Item to the new known error, set to ''Manual'' and provide the name of the Catalog ItemIf both a Service and Catalog Item are specified, the BPM workflow set against the Catalog item will be used on the new known error.}}
+
 
{{bullet1|Priority|To add a Priority to the new known error, set to ''Manual'' and select a Priority from the pick list}}
+
*'''Request id:''' Leave as Auto to pick up on the Request id against which the process is running.
{{bullet1|Category|To add a Request Category to the new known error, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the Category selector.}}
+
*'''Use App Settings:''' Set to Yes if you want to use the global values you can define in the system settings for Service Manager (Home > Service Manager > Application), select No if you want to manually set the values to use for this specific node.
{{bullet1|Team|To add a Team to the new know error, set to ''Manual'' and select a team from the pick list}}
+
 
{{bullet1|Owner|To add an Owner to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select start typing the name of the user and then select them from the pick list}}
+
If selecting Yes, the following system settings will need to have been set and will be used:
{{bullet1|Site|To add a Site to the new know error, set to ''Manual'' and select a Site from the pick list}}
+
 
{{bullet1|Status|To set the status on the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a status from the pick list}}
+
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.userName''': The Username of the account in Jira which the new comment will be created under.
{{bullet1|Root Cause|To add a root cause to the known error, set to ''Manual'' and provide the root cause text or set using a variable}}
+
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.password''': The Password for the user account in Jira which the new comment will be created under.
{{bullet1|Workaround|To add a workaround to the known error, set to ''Manual'' and provide the workaround text or set using a variable}}
+
:* '''guest.ui.app.com.hornbill.servicemanager.integration.jira.url''': The full URL for the Jira instance against which the new request comment will be added.
{{bullet1|Copy Customer?|To use the same Customer as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
+
 
{{bullet1|Copy Summary?|To use the same Summary as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
+
If selecting No the following options will need to be manually set
{{bullet1|Copy Description?|To use the same Description as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
+
 
{{bullet1|Copy Service?|To use the same Service as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
+
*'''URL:''' The full URL for the Jira instance against which the new request will be created.
{{bullet1|Copy Priority?|To use the same Priority as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
+
*'''Username:''' The Username of the account in Jira which the new comment will be created under.
{{bullet1|Copy Category?|To use the same Category as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
+
*'''Password:''' The Password for the user account in Jira which the new request comment will be added.
{{bullet1|Copy Team?|To use the same Team as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
+
 
{{bullet1|Copy Owner? |To use the same Owner as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
+
In either case the following will also need to be configured manually.
{{bullet1|Copy Site?|To use the same Site as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
+
 
{{bullet1|Copy Status?|To use the same Status as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
+
*'''Comment:''' Configure the message content which will be added to the Jira Request
{{bullet1|Copy Questions?|To use the same answers to the questions section from the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
+
*'''Update Timeline:''' Leave this as Auto if you want the Service Manager Request Timeline to be updated to record the fact that a comment has been added to a request in Jira, and for the timeline update to contain a hyperlink to the newly created comment in the Jira request (as shown below)
{{bullet1|Copy Root Cause?|To use the same Root Cause as the originating problem record, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
+
[[File:Jira_Comment.png|600px]]
{{bullet1|Copy Workaround?|To use the same Workaround as the originating problem record, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
+
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|To include a Timeline entry in the new known error to record the raising of the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
+
This will add the Comment into the '''Comments''' tab of the Activity section on the Jira request as shown below.
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update |To provide a unique Timeline Update in the new known error, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the text window to add your unique timeline entry.}}
+
[[File:Jira_Comment_Jira.png|600px]]
{{bullet1|Visibility|Set the Visibility of the Timeline Entry if one is provided.}}
+
</div>
}}
+
</div>
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                    Log New Problem                                                        * -->
+
->
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
<div id="LogNewProblem"></div>
+
<div id="integrationnewrequest"></div>
* Log New Problem
+
* Log New Service Request
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
 
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
Line 1,995: Line 1,838:
 
|- valign="top"
 
|- valign="top"
 
|style="width:700px"|
 
|style="width:700px"|
[[File:bmplognewproblem.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/b/bb/Bmplognewproblem.png|Log New Problem]]
+
[[File:bpmintegrationrequest.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a6/Bpmintegrationrequest.png|Log New Request]]
:* '''Request ID'''
+
==== Log New Service Request ====
:: This is an automatic options and should be set to ''Auto''
+
This node can be used by other Hornbill apps to raise requests within Service Manager. 
 +
==== Options ====
 
:* ''' Summary'''  
 
:* ''' Summary'''  
 
:: To add a summary to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the summary
 
:: To add a summary to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the summary
Line 2,003: Line 1,847:
 
:: To add a description to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the description  
 
:: To add a description to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the description  
 
:* ''' Service '''
 
:* ''' Service '''
:: To add a Service to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Service from the pick list.  If a Service is specified without a Catalog Item, the BPM workflow set against this request type on the Service Configuration will be used on the new request.
+
:: To add a Service to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Service from the pick list
 
:* ''' Catalog Item '''
 
:* ''' Catalog Item '''
:: To add a Catalog Item to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the name of the Catalog Item.  If both a Service and Catalog Item are specified, the BPM workflow set against the Catalog item will be used on the new request.
+
:: To add a Catalog Item to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the name of the Catalog Item
 
:* ''' Priority '''
 
:* ''' Priority '''
 
:: To add a Priority to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Priority from the pick list
 
:: To add a Priority to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Priority from the pick list
Line 2,018: Line 1,862:
 
:* ''' Status '''
 
:* ''' Status '''
 
:: To set the status on the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a status from the pick list  
 
:: To set the status on the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a status from the pick list  
:* ''' Copy Customer? '''
+
:* '''System Timeline Update'''
:: To use the same Customer as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Summary? '''
 
:: To use the same Summary as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Description? '''
 
:: To use the same Description as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Service? '''
 
:: To use the same Service as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Priority? '''
 
:: To use the same Priority as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Category? '''
 
:: To use the same Category as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Team? '''
 
:: To use the same Team as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Owner? '''
 
:: To use the same Owner as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Site? '''
 
:: To use the same Site as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Status? '''
 
:: To use the same Status as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Questions? '''
 
:: To use the same answers to the questions section on the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' System Timeline Update '''
 
 
:: To include a Timeline entry in the new request to record the raising of the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:: To include a Timeline entry in the new request to record the raising of the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Manual Timeline Update '''
 
:* ''' Manual Timeline Update '''
Line 2,050: Line 1,872:
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                    Log New Release                                                        * -->
+
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
====Linked Requests====
 +
Use the Linked Requests node to automatically post updates and resolve linked Requests.  Linked requests are those that have been linked using the Link Action Item on a request form. 
 +
 
 +
 
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
<div id="LogNewRelease"></div>
+
* Resolve Linked Requests
* Log New Release
 
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
 
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
Line 2,061: Line 1,885:
 
|- valign="top"
 
|- valign="top"
 
|style="width:700px"|
 
|style="width:700px"|
[[File:bmplognewrelease.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/ea/Bmplognewrelease.png|Log New Release]]
+
[[File:bpmresolvelinkedrequest.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/19/Bpmresolvelinkedrequest.png|Resolve Linked Requests]]
 +
 
 +
==== Resolve Linked Requests ====
 +
This option allows you at specific times in a process to resolve linked requests.  The options include defining the update text which will be added to the linked requests, as well as setting granular options to decide which linked request types should be updated.  For example you may only want the Incidents from the Problem to receive the update, and not the Change, which the Problem is also linked too. 
 +
 
 +
==== Options ====
 
:* '''Request ID'''
 
:* '''Request ID'''
:: This is an automatic options and should be set to ''Auto''
+
:: This value is automatically applied.  Leave this setting as ''Auto''
:* ''' Summary'''
+
:* '''Request Type'''
:: To add a summary to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the summary
+
:: When set, only the request type that is selected will be resolved. When not set, all linked requests will be resolved
:* ''' Description'''
+
:* '''Status'''
:: To add a description to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the description
+
:: Select the status that you wish to set the linked requests to.  Either '''Resolve''' or '''Close'''
:* ''' Service '''
+
:* '''Visibility'''
:: To add a Service to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Service from the pick list.  If a Service is specified without a Catalog Item, the BPM workflow set against this request type on the Service Configuration will be used on the new request.
+
:: Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
:* ''' Catalog Item '''
+
:* '''System Timeline Update'''
:: To add a Catalog Item to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the name of the Catalog Item.  If both a Service and Catalog Item are specified, the BPM workflow set against the Catalog item will be used on the new request.
+
::Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
:* ''' Priority '''
+
:* '''Manual Timeline Update'''
:: To add a Priority to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Priority from the pick list
+
::Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
:* ''' Category '''
+
:* '''Stop Timers'''
:: To add a Request Category to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the Category selector.
+
:: If there are Service Level Target Timers (Response or Resolution) on the linked request, these timers will be stopped and the Target marked
:* ''' Team '''
+
:* '''Notify Owner'''
:: To add a Team to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a team from the pick list
+
:: Notify the owner of any linked request when resolved.  The type of notification will be based on the Service Manager application settings
:* ''' Owner '''
+
::: '''guest.app.requests.notification.notificationType.teamLinkedRequestResolveAction'''
:: To add an Owner to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select start typing the name of the user and then select them from the pick list
+
::: '''guest.app.requests.notification.notificationType.teamLinkedRequestResolveAction'''
:* ''' Site '''
+
:* '''Email Customer'''
:: To add a Site to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Site from the pick list
+
:: Send an email to Customer of the linked requests. Requires that the Mailbox Name and Email Template are selected
:* ''' Status '''
+
:* '''Mailbox Name'''
:: To set the status on the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a status from the pick list
+
:: Name of the mailbox from which to send a customer email when the Email Customer option is set to ''Yes''
:* ''' Copy Customer? '''
+
:* '''Email Template'''
:: To use the same Customer as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
:: Name of the Email Template to use when the Email Customer option is set to ''Yes''
:* ''' Copy Summary? '''
+
|}
:: To use the same Summary as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
</div>
:* ''' Copy Description? '''
+
</div>
:: To use the same Description as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
+
</div>
:* ''' Copy Service? '''
+
 
:: To use the same Service as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Priority? '''
 
:: To use the same Priority as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Category? '''
 
:: To use the same Category as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Team? '''
 
:: To use the same Team as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Owner? '''
 
:: To use the same Owner as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Site? '''
 
:: To use the same Site as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Status? '''
 
:: To use the same Status as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Questions? '''
 
:: To use the same answers to the questions section on the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' System Timeline Update '''
 
:: To include a Timeline entry in the new request to record the raising of the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Manual Timeline Update '''
 
:: To provide a unique Timeline Update in the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the text window to add your unique timeline entry.
 
:* ''' Visibility'''
 
:: Set the Visibility of the Timeline Entry if one is provided.
 
|}
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                    Log New Request                                                        * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
<div id="LogNewRequest"></div>
+
* Update Linked Requests
* Log New Request
 
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
 
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
Line 2,127: Line 1,927:
 
|- valign="top"
 
|- valign="top"
 
|style="width:700px"|
 
|style="width:700px"|
[[File:bmplognewrequest.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/05/Bmplognewrequest.png|Log New Request]]
+
[[File:bpmupdatelinkedrequests.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/64/Bpmupdatelinkedrequests.png|Update Linked Requests]]
:* '''Request ID'''
+
 
:: This is an automatic options and should be set to ''Auto''
+
==== Update Linked Requests ====
:* ''' Summary'''
+
This option allows you at specific times in a process to update linked requestsThe options include defining the update text which will be added to the linked requests, as well as setting granular options to decide which linked request types should be updatedFor example you may only want the Incidents from the Problem to receive the update, and not the Change, which the Problem is also linked too.
:: To add a summary to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the summary
+
 
:* ''' Description'''
+
==== Options ====
:: To add a description to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the description
+
:* '''Request ID'''
:* ''' Service '''
+
:: This value is automatically applied.  Leave this setting as ''Auto''
:: To add a Service to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Service from the pick listIf a Service is specified without a Catalog Item, the BPM workflow set against this request type will be used on the new request.
+
:* '''Content'''
:* ''' Catalog Item '''
+
:: Provide the text that you would like to include in the update
:: To add a Catalog Item to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the name of the Catalog ItemIf both a Service and Catalog Item are specified, the BPM workflow set against the Catalog item will be used on the new request.
+
:* '''Visibility'''
:* ''' Priority '''
+
:* Set the visibility level for the update. Decide if this is only for the team, or if it should be a customer facing update which the customer can view via the timeline of the requests on the portals.
:: To add a Priority to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Priority from the pick list
+
:* '''Request Type'''
:* ''' Category '''
+
:: Select a specific request type where only the linked requests of this type will be updated
:: To add a Request Category to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the Category selector.
+
:* '''Update Closed Requests'''
:* ''' Team '''
+
:: Set if the update should also be applied to any linked requests which have a closed status.
:: To add a Team to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a team from the pick list
+
:* '''System Timeline Update'''
:* ''' Owner '''
+
:: Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
:: To add an Owner to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select start typing the name of the user and then select them from the pick list
+
:* '''Manual Timeline Update'''  
:* ''' Site '''
+
:: Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
:: To add a Site to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Site from the pick list
+
|}
:* ''' Status '''
 
:: To set the status on the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a status from the pick list
 
:* ''' Copy Customer? '''
 
:: To use the same Customer as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Summary? '''
 
:: To use the same Summary as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Description? '''
 
:: To use the same Description as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Service? '''
 
:: To use the same Service as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Priority? '''
 
:: To use the same Priority as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Category? '''
 
:: To use the same Category as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Team? '''
 
:: To use the same Team as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Owner? '''
 
:: To use the same Owner as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Site? '''
 
:: To use the same Site as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Status? '''
 
:: To use the same Status as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Copy Questions? '''
 
:: To use the same answers to the questions section on the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' System Timeline Update '''
 
:: To include a Timeline entry in the new request to record the raising of the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
:* ''' Manual Timeline Update '''
 
:: To provide a unique Timeline Update in the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the text window to add your unique timeline entry.
 
:* ''' Visibility'''
 
:: Set the Visibility of the Timeline Entry if one is provided.
 
|}
 
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
Line 2,184: Line 1,953:
  
  
{{infobox|Using these options in your business processes, please be aware of where you are invoking them / placing them in the workflow, and  in turn which business processes are going to be invoked against the new Incident or Service Request raised.  Please avoid scenario's where one business process may invoke the logging of a new request, where the new request's business process immediately is configured to log a new request which again has a business process which again logs another request immediately creating a loop. The result of which may be a lot of unwanted requests.  In the event this occurs, disable the causing business process and resolve the issue.}}
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                    Questions                                                              * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
  
=== Questions ===
+
==== Log Requests ====
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
Use the Log Request to automatically raise another request at a particular point in the workflow.  
<!-- *                                                    Delete Questions                                                        * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|Delete_Questions|Delete Questions|
 
[[File:bpmdeletequestions.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/26/Bpmdeletequestions.png]]|
 
This Hornbill Automation will delete the entire Questions section on a request.  This can be used to remove this information once it has performed its use and it no longer required.  |
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 
{{bullet1|Timeline Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than Customer will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 
}}
 
 
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                    Request Service                                                        * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
  
===Request Service===
 
 
Use the Request Service node, if you wish to automate the availability status setting of the service associated to a request.  It can be useful to automate the settings of of a services availability status to both the support community and the subscribed customers of a service, both when a request has been raised and or when it has been resolved, and normal service and availability is resumed.
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                    Update Service Status                                                  * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
* Update Service Status
+
<div id="LogNewChange"></div>
 +
* Log New Change
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
:* '''Request ID''' - This is an automatic options and should be set to ''Auto''
+
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
:* '''Status''' - Select the Status to set the Service's Availability too, or choose No Status if no Status is required to be displayed for the Service.
+
::{|
:* '''Status Message''' - An optional message to be displayed alongside the Status - this will be visible to both analysts supporting the service, and customers subscribed to the service.
+
|- valign="top"
[[File:Update_Request_Service_Status.png|centre|600px]]
+
|style="width:700px"|
</div>
+
[[File:bpmlognewchange.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/d/da/Bpmlognewchange.png|Log New Change]]
</div>
+
:* '''Request ID'''
 
+
:: This is an automatic option and should be set to ''Auto''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Summary'''
<!-- *                                                                                                                           * -->
+
:: To add a summary to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the summary
<!-- *                                                    Suspend Requests                                                        * -->
+
:* ''' Description'''
<!-- *                                                                                                                           * -->
+
:: To add a description to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the description
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Customer (Co-worker)|The ID of the Customer to assign to the request}}
 
+
{{bullet1|Customer (Contact)| The ID of the Contact to assign to the request}}
===Suspend===
+
:* ''' Service '''
 
+
:: To add a Service to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Service from the pick list.  If a Service is specified without a Catalog Item, the BPM workflow set against this request type on the Service Configuration will be used on the new request.
Use the Suspend nodes if you wish to suspend the progress of the workflow until a defined action is performed manually on the Request.  This could include waiting for a Priority to be set, a Customer added, Ownership set or the Resolution defined.  Configuration options include the ability to specify the context (which Action Bar icon) the Request will appear in whilst waiting for the Suspend (manual action) to be performed.  
+
:* ''' Catalog Item '''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:: To add a Catalog Item to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the name of the Catalog Item.  If both a Service and Catalog Item are specified, the BPM workflow set against the Catalog item will be used on the new request.
<!-- *                                                   Await Expiry                                                            * -->
+
:* ''' Priority '''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:: To add a Priority to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Priority from the pick list
{{BPMAutomation|Await_Expiry|Await Expiry|
+
:* ''' Category '''
[[File:bpmwaitforexpiry.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/29/Bpmwaitforexpiry.png]]|
+
:: To add a Request Category to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the Category selector.
Use this suspend node to suspend a Request's workflow until the expire period has been reached.|
+
:* ''' Change Type'''
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
:: To set a Change Type, set to ''Manual'' and select the change type from the pick list
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
:* ''' Team '''
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue. If you wish to use a date/time for expiry, set this option to "ignore" and set the'Expire Date/Time' option below instead.}}
+
:: To add a Team to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a team from the pick list
{{bullet1|Expiry Date/Time|This option determines when the node expires. A date/time value must be supplied (e.g. 2040-01-01T12:00:00Z) which can be injected from the Variable Picker. If the "expire period" option has been set, any value in this 'Expire Date/Time' option will be disregarded.}}
+
:* ''' Owner '''
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
:: To add an Owner to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select start typing the name of the user and then select them from the pick list
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
:* ''' Site '''
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
:: To add a Site to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Site from the pick list
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
:* ''' Status '''
}}
+
:: To set the status on the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a status from the pick list
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Copy Customer? '''
<!-- *                                              Wait for List of Request Authorisers                                          * -->
+
:: To use the same Customer as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Copy Summary? '''
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Authorisers|Wait for List of Request Authorisers|
+
:: To use the same Summary as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
[[File:bpmwaitforlistofapprovers.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/8/89/Bpmwaitforlistofapprovers.png]]|
+
:* ''' Copy Description? '''
Use this Hornbill Automation to present an Authorization Action on a request form that lets you manually assign authorisers at a particular point in the BPM Workflow.  Once all authorisers have been submitted, an authorisation task will be sent to all the selected users (''Requests > Suspend > List of Request Authorisers'')|
+
:: To use the same Description as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
:* ''' Copy Service? '''
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
:: To use the same Service as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
:* ''' Copy Priority? '''
{{bullet1|Authorisation Type|There are three available Authorization Types.  ''Individual'' - Only one of the selected authorizers will be required to approve the authorization in order to proceed.  ''Majority'' - At least half of the selected authorizers will be required to approve the authorization in order to proceed.  ''Unanimous'' - All of the selected authorizers must approve the authorization in order to proceed.}}
+
:: To use the same Priority as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Use Previous Authorisers|If a list of authorisers had previously been selected in a preceding authorisation, selecting 'Yes' will reuse this list of authorisers}}
+
:* ''' Copy Category? '''
{{bullet1|Service Owner|Selecting ''Yes'' will automatically include the owner of the service that the requests is raised against, to the list of authorizers}}
+
:: To use the same Category as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Linked Services Owners|Selecting ''Yes'' will automatically include the owners of the services that are linked to the request, to the list of authorizers}}
+
:* ''' Copy Team? '''
{{bullet1|Linked Assets Owners|Selecting ''Yes'' will automatically include the owners of the assets that are linked to the request, to the list of authorizers}}
+
:: To use the same Team as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
:* ''' Copy Owner? '''
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
:: To use the same Owner as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
:* ''' Copy Site? '''
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
:: To use the same Site as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
 
+
:* ''' Copy Status? '''
:[[File:Information.png|14px|text-top|Information]] Once the authorisers have been submited the ''Auto Assign Authorisation'' BPM node is used to distribute the authorisation tasks.  The ''Auto Assign Authorisation'' BPM Node must follow the ''Wait for List of Request Authorisors'' BPM Node, either immediately after or later on in the workflow at the point when you want the authorisations to be sent out.
+
:: To use the same Status as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
}}
+
:* ''' Copy Questions? '''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:: To use the same answers to the questions section on the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
<!-- *                                                      Wait for Attachment                                                  * -->
+
{{Bullet1|Copy Assets|Copy the assets that are associated to the original request. Set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' System Timeline Update '''
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Attachment|Wait for Attachment|
+
:: To include a Timeline entry in the new request to record the raising of the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
[[File:bpmwaitforattachment.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/67/Bpmwaitforattachment.png]]|
+
:* ''' Manual Timeline Update '''
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an attachment has been added to the request|
+
:: To provide a unique Timeline Update in the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the text window to add your unique timeline entry.
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
:* ''' Visibility'''
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
:: Set the Visibility of the Timeline Entry if one is provided.
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
|}
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
</div>
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
</div>
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
</div>
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
 
}}
+
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
<div id="LogNewIncident"></div>
<!-- *                                                  Wait for Request Closure                                                * -->
+
* Log New Incident
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Closure|Wait for Request Closure|
+
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
[[File:bpmwaitforclosure.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/0a/Bpmwaitforclosure.png]]|
+
::{|
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the request has a status of ''closed''.|
+
|- valign="top"
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
|style="width:700px"|
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
[[File:lognewincident.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/65/Lognewincident.png|Log New Incident]]
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
:* '''Request ID'''
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
:: This is an automatic options and should be set to ''Auto''
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
:* ''' Summary'''
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
:: To add a summary to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the summary
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
:* ''' Description'''
}}
+
:: To add a description to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the description
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Customer (Co-worker)|The ID of the Customer to assign to the request}}
<!-- *                                              Wait for Request Closure Category                                            * -->
+
{{bullet1|Customer (Contact)| The ID of the Contact to assign to the request}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Service '''
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Closure_Category|Wait for Request Closure Category|
+
:: To add a Service to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Service from the pick list.  If a Service is specified without a Catalog Item, the BPM workflow set against this request type on the Service Configuration will be used on the new request.
[[File:bpmwaitforclosurecategory.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/2b/Bpmwaitforclosurecategory.png]]|
+
:* ''' Catalog Item '''
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the Closure Category has been set.|
+
:: To add a Catalog Item to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the name of the Catalog Item.  If both a Service and Catalog Item are specified, the BPM workflow set against the Catalog item will be used on the new request.
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
:* ''' Priority '''
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
:: To add a Priority to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Priority from the pick list
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
:* ''' Category '''
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
:: To add a Request Category to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the Category selector.
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
:* ''' Team '''
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
:: To add a Team to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a team from the pick list
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
:* ''' Owner '''
}}
+
:: To add an Owner to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select start typing the name of the user and then select them from the pick list
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Site '''
<!-- *                                                  Wait for Customer                                                        * -->
+
:: To add a Site to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Site from the pick list
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Status '''
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Customer|Wait for Customer|
+
:: To set the status on the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a status from the pick list
[[File:bpmwaitforcustomer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a2/Bpmwaitforcustomer.png]]|
+
:* ''' Copy Customer? '''
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the Customer has been set.|
+
:: To use the same Customer as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
:* ''' Copy Summary? '''
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
:: To use the same Summary as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
:* ''' Copy Description? '''
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
:: To use the same Description as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
:* ''' Copy Service? '''
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
:: To use the same Service as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
:* ''' Copy Priority? '''
}}
+
:: To use the same Priority as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Copy Category? '''
<!-- *                                                    Wait for Feedback                                                    * -->
+
:: To use the same Category as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Copy Team? '''
{{BPMAutomation|SuspendAndWaitForFeedback|Wait for Feedback|
+
:: To use the same Team as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
[[File:bpmswaitforfeedback.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/8/83/Bpmswaitforfeedback.png]]|
+
:* ''' Copy Owner? '''
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the Customer has provided feedback on the request.|
+
:: To use the same Owner as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
:* ''' Copy Site? '''
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
:: To use the same Site as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
:* ''' Copy Status? '''
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
:: To use the same Status as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
:* ''' Copy Questions? '''
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
:: To use the same answers to the questions section on the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
{{Bullet1|Copy Assets|Copy the assets that are associated to the original request. Set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
}}
+
:* ''' System Timeline Update '''
<!-- ************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:: To include a Timeline entry in the new request to record the raising of the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
<!-- *                                          Wait for Request Description                                      * -->
+
:* ''' Manual Timeline Update '''
<!-- ************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:: To provide a unique Timeline Update in the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the text window to add your unique timeline entry.
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Description|Wait for Request Description|
+
:* ''' Visibility'''
[[File:bpmwaitfordescription.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/ad/Bpmwaitfordescription.png]]|
+
:: Set the Visibility of the Timeline Entry if one is provided.
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until a description has been provided on the request.|
+
|}
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
</div>
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
</div>
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
</div>
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
 
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
{{BPMAutomation|LogNewKnownError|Log New Known Error|
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
[[File:Log_New_Known_Error.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/c6/Log_New_Known_Error.png]]|
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
Use this Hornbill Automation to create a new Known Error Record|
}}
+
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
<!-- ************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Summary|To add a summary to the new known error, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the summary}}
<!-- *                                              Wait for Request Email                                        * -->
+
{{bullet1|Description|To add a description to the new known error, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the description}}
<!-- ************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Service|To add a Service to the new known error, set to ''Manual'' and select a Service from the pick list. If a Service is specified without a Catalog Item, the BPM workflow set against this known error on the Service Configuration will be used on the new request.}}
{{BPMAutomation|waitForRequestEmail|Wait for Request Email|
+
{{bullet1|Catalog Item|To add a Catalog Item to the new known error, set to ''Manual'' and provide the name of the Catalog Item.  If both a Service and Catalog Item are specified, the BPM workflow set against the Catalog item will be used on the new known error.}}
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestemail.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a1/Bpmwaitforrequestemail.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Priority|To add a Priority to the new known error, set to ''Manual'' and select a Priority from the pick list}}
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an email has been sent from the request.|
+
{{bullet1|Category|To add a Request Category to the new known error, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the Category selector.}}
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
{{bullet1|Team|To add a Team to the new know error, set to ''Manual'' and select a team from the pick list}}
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
{{bullet1|Owner|To add an Owner to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select start typing the name of the user and then select them from the pick list}}
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
{{bullet1|Site|To add a Site to the new know error, set to ''Manual'' and select a Site from the pick list}}
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
{{bullet1|Status|To set the status on the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a status from the pick list}}
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
{{bullet1|Root Cause|To add a root cause to the known error, set to ''Manual'' and provide the root cause text or set using a variable}}
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
{{bullet1|Workaround|To add a workaround to the known error, set to ''Manual'' and provide the workaround text or set using a variable}}
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
{{bullet1|Copy Customer?|To use the same Customer as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Copy Summary?|To use the same Summary as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
<!-- **************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Copy Description?|To use the same Description as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
<!-- *                                                Wait for External Reference                                              * -->
+
{{bullet1|Copy Service?|To use the same Service as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
<!-- **************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Copy Priority?|To use the same Priority as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_External_Reference|Wait for External Reference|
+
{{bullet1|Copy Category?|To use the same Category as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
[[File:bpmwaitforexternalreference.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/9c/Bpmwaitforexternalreference.png]]|
+
{{bullet1|Copy Team?|To use the same Team as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an external reference has been provided.|
+
{{bullet1|Copy Owner? |To use the same Owner as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
{{bullet1|Copy Site?|To use the same Site as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
{{bullet1|Copy Status?|To use the same Status as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
{{bullet1|Copy Questions?|To use the same answers to the questions section from the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
{{bullet1|Copy Root Cause?|To use the same Root Cause as the originating problem record, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
{{bullet1|Copy Workaround?|To use the same Workaround as the originating problem record, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
{{Bullet1|Copy Assets|Copy the assets that are associated to the original request. Set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|To include a Timeline entry in the new known error to record the raising of the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
}}
+
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update |To provide a unique Timeline Update in the new known error, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the text window to add your unique timeline entry.}}
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
{{bullet1|Visibility|Set the Visibility of the Timeline Entry if one is provided.}}
<!-- *                                                  Wait for Impact Assessment                                              * -->
 
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Impact_Assessment|Wait for Impact Assessment|
 
[[File:bpmwaitforimpactassessment.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/c9/Bpmwaitforimpactassessment.png]]|
 
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an Impact Assessment has been completed|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
 
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 
}}
 
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                  Wait for Linked Asset                                                    * -->
 
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Linked_Assets|Wait for Linked Assets|
 
[[File:bpmwaitforlinkedassets.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/d/df/Bpmwaitforlinkedassets.png]]|
 
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until one or more Assets have been linked to the request|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
 
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                 Wait for Linked Request                                                  * -->
+
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
<div id="LogNewProblem"></div>
{{BPMAutomation|waitForLinkedRequest|Wait for Linked Request|
+
* Log New Problem
[[File:bpmwaitforlinkedrequest.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/51/Bpmwaitforlinkedrequest.png]]|
+
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until a linked request has been added|
+
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
::{|
{{bullet1|Request Type|This limits the suspend to only wait for updates from linked requests of the selected type}}
+
|- valign="top"
{{bullet1|Linked Request ID|This limits the suspend to only wait for updates from a linked request with provided Request ID.  This can use variables to automatically populate this information.}}
+
|style="width:700px"|
{{bullet1|Contains|Include a string of text which will match the text within the linked request's timeline}}
+
[[File:bmplognewproblem.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/b/bb/Bmplognewproblem.png|Log New Problem]]
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
:* '''Request ID'''
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
:: This is an automatic options and should be set to ''Auto''
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
:* ''' Summary'''
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
:: To add a summary to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the summary
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
:* ''' Description'''
}}
+
:: To add a description to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the description
<!-- ************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Service '''
<!-- *                                          Wait for Linked Request Update                                  * -->
+
:: To add a Service to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Service from the pick list.  If a Service is specified without a Catalog Item, the BPM workflow set against this request type on the Service Configuration will be used on the new request.
<!-- ************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Catalog Item '''
{{BPMAutomation|waitForLinkedRequestUpdate|Wait for Linked Request Update|
+
:: To add a Catalog Item to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the name of the Catalog Item.  If both a Service and Catalog Item are specified, the BPM workflow set against the Catalog item will be used on the new request.
[[File:bpmwaitforlinkedrequestupdate.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/f/fc/Bpmwaitforlinkedrequestupdate.png]]|
+
:* ''' Priority '''
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an update has been made on a linked request.|
+
:: To add a Priority to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Priority from the pick list
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
:* ''' Category '''
{{bullet1|Request Type|This limits the suspend to only wait for updates from linked requests of the selected type}}
+
:: To add a Request Category to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the Category selector.
{{bullet1|Linked Request ID|This limits the suspend to only wait for updates from a linked request with provided Request ID.  This can use variables to automatically populate this information.}}
+
:* ''' Team '''
{{bullet1|Contains|Include a string of text which will match the text within the linked request's timeline}}
+
:: To add a Team to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a team from the pick list
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
:* ''' Owner '''
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
:: To add an Owner to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select start typing the name of the user and then select them from the pick list
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
:* ''' Site '''
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
:: To add a Site to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Site from the pick list
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
:* ''' Status '''
}}
+
:: To set the status on the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a status from the pick list
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Copy Customer? '''
<!-- *                                                   Wait for Linked Services                                              * -->
+
:: To use the same Customer as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
<!-- ***************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Copy Summary? '''
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Linked_Services|Wait for Linked Services|
+
:: To use the same Summary as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
[[File:bpmwaitforlinkedservice.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/61/Bpmwaitforlinkedservice.png]]|
+
:* ''' Copy Description? '''
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an external reference has been provided.|
+
:: To use the same Description as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
:* ''' Copy Service? '''
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
:: To use the same Service as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
:* ''' Copy Priority? '''
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
:: To use the same Priority as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
:* ''' Copy Category? '''
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
:: To use the same Category as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
:* ''' Copy Team? '''
}}
+
:: To use the same Team as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Copy Owner? '''
<!-- *                                                  Wait for New Request Owner                                              * -->
+
:: To use the same Owner as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Copy Site? '''
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_New_Request_Owner|Wait for New Request Owner|
+
:: To use the same Site as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
[[File:bpmwaitfornewrequestowner.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/54/Bpmwaitfornewrequestowner.png]]|
+
:* ''' Copy Status? '''
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the ownership of the request has been changed from one owner to another.|
+
:: To use the same Status as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
:* ''' Copy Questions? '''
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
:: To use the same answers to the questions section on the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
{{Bullet1|Copy Assets|Copy the assets that are associated to the original request. Set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
:* ''' System Timeline Update '''
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
:: To include a Timeline entry in the new request to record the raising of the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
:* ''' Manual Timeline Update '''
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
:: To provide a unique Timeline Update in the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the text window to add your unique timeline entry.
}}
+
:* ''' Visibility'''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:: Set the Visibility of the Timeline Entry if one is provided.
<!-- *                                                  Wait for Request Off Hold                                                * -->
+
|}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
</div>
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Off_Hold|Wait for Request Off Hold|
+
</div>
[[File:bpmwaitforoffhold.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/3d/Bpmwaitforoffhold.png]]|
+
</div>
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the request status has come off hold.|
+
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
<div id="LogNewRelease"></div>
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
* Log New Release
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
::{|
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
|- valign="top"
}}
+
|style="width:700px"|
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
[[File:bmplognewrelease.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/ea/Bmplognewrelease.png|Log New Release]]
<!-- *                                                  Wait for Request Owner                                                  * -->
+
:* '''Request ID'''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:: This is an automatic options and should be set to ''Auto''
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Owner|Wait for Request Owner|
+
:* ''' Summary'''
[[File:bpmwaitforowner.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/ec/Bpmwaitforowner.png]]|
+
:: To add a summary to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the summary
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an owner has been assigned to the request.|
+
:* ''' Description'''
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
:: To add a description to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the description
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
:* ''' Service '''
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
:: To add a Service to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Service from the pick list. If a Service is specified without a Catalog Item, the BPM workflow set against this request type on the Service Configuration will be used on the new request.
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
:* ''' Catalog Item '''
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
:: To add a Catalog Item to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the name of the Catalog Item.  If both a Service and Catalog Item are specified, the BPM workflow set against the Catalog item will be used on the new request.
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
:* ''' Priority '''
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
:: To add a Priority to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Priority from the pick list
}}
+
:* ''' Category '''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:: To add a Request Category to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the Category selector.
<!-- *                                                  Wait for Request Priority                                                * -->
+
{{Bullet1|Release Type|Set the Release Type for this Release. The options are driven from the 'releaseRequestType' Simple List.}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Team '''
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Priority|Wait for Request Priority|
+
:: To add a Team to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a team from the pick list
[[File:bpmwaitforpriority.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/b/b5/Bpmwaitforpriority.png]]|
+
:* ''' Owner '''
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until a priority has been set on the request.|
+
:: To add an Owner to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select start typing the name of the user and then select them from the pick list
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
:* ''' Site '''
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
:: To add a Site to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Site from the pick list
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
:* ''' Status '''
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
:: To set the status on the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a status from the pick list
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
:* ''' Copy Customer? '''
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
:: To use the same Customer as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
:* ''' Copy Summary? '''
}}
+
:: To use the same Summary as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Copy Description? '''
<!-- *                                                  Wait for Request Category                                                * -->
+
:: To use the same Description as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Copy Service? '''
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Category|Wait for Request Category|
+
:: To use the same Service as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestcategory.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/b/b2/Bpmwaitforrequestcategory.png]]|
+
:* ''' Copy Priority? '''
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until a category has been set on the request.|
+
:: To use the same Priority as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
:* ''' Copy Category? '''
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
:: To use the same Category as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
:* ''' Copy Team? '''
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
:: To use the same Team as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
:* ''' Copy Owner? '''
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
:: To use the same Owner as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
:* ''' Copy Site? '''
}}
+
:: To use the same Site as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Copy Status? '''
<!-- *                                                  Wait for Request Resolution                                              * -->
+
:: To use the same Status as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Copy Questions? '''
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Resolution|Wait for Request Resolution|
+
:: To use the same answers to the questions section on the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestresolution.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/f/f5/Bpmwaitforrequestresolution.png]]|
+
{{Bullet1|Copy Assets|Copy the assets that are associated to the original request. Set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the request status has been set to resolved.|
+
:* ''' System Timeline Update '''
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
+
:: To include a Timeline entry in the new request to record the raising of the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
+
:* ''' Manual Timeline Update '''
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
+
:: To provide a unique Timeline Update in the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the text window to add your unique timeline entry.
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
+
:* ''' Visibility'''
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
+
:: Set the Visibility of the Timeline Entry if one is provided.
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
+
|}
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
+
</div>
}}
+
</div>
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
</div>
<!-- *                                                      Wait for Request Site                                                * -->
+
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Site|Wait for Request Site|
+
<div id="LogNewRequest"></div>
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestsite.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/4/4b/Bpmwaitforrequestsite.png]]|
+
* Log New Request
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until a site has been linked to the request.|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
 
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 
}}
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                      Wait for Status Change                                              * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Status_Change|Wait for Status Change|
 
[[File:bpmwaitforstatuschange.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/04/Bpmwaitforstatuschange.png]]|
 
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the status of the request has changed from one status to another.|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 
{{bullet1|From Status|The workflow will only continue when the request is changed from this status}}
 
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
 
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 
}}
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                      Wait for Request Summary                                              * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Summary|Wait for Request Summary|
 
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestsummary.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/4/47/Bpmwaitforrequestsummary.png]]|
 
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the summary has bee set against the request|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
 
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 
}}
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                  Wait for Request Team                                                    * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Team|Wait for Request Team|
 
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestteam.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/4/46/Bpmwaitforrequestteam.png]]|
 
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an team has been assigned to the request.|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
 
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 
}}
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                  Wait for Request Update                                                  * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Update|Wait for Request Update|
 
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestupdate.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/c2/Bpmwaitforrequestupdate.png]]|
 
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an update, using the Update Action has been added to the request.|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait, based on the Working Time Calendar, until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.}}
 
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 
}}
 
 
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                      Update Request                                                        * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
 
===Update Request===
 
 
 
Use the Update Request node to automatically update the values of specific Request attributes at any stage in the process.  Examples being updating the Logging or Closing Categories of a Request.
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
* Logging Category
 
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
::Requests > Update Request > Logging Category
+
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
 
+
::{|
Specify the logging category which will associated to the request.  This is typically used where the category of the request is known based on the business process being associated against a specific request catalog item, and as such the analyst is not required to make a manual assessment and categorisation.
 
 
 
[[File:updateRequestCategoryNew.jpg|700px]]
 
:* '''Category''' - This option will prompt you to select a Category. If supplied, "Category (From Variable)" option will be ignored.
 
:* '''Category (From Variable)''' - This option requires you to provide the Id of a Category (Value of h_id column in h_sys_profiles table). This can be used when a field that is driven by a Simple List made up of Categories is set up in a Progressive Capture. This option should only be supplied if "Category" option is not set.
 
:* '''System Timeline Update''' - Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
 
:* '''Manual Timeline Update''' - Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
 
:* '''Visibility''' - Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
 
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
* Closure Category
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 
::Requests > Update Request > Closure Category
 
 
 
Specify the closure category which will be associated to the request. This is typically used where the business process is set to automatically resolve or close and the analyst is not required to manually resolve and specify a closure category. 
 
 
 
[[File:Closure_Category.png|600px]]
 
:* '''Category''' - This option will prompt you to select a Category. If supplied, "Category (From Variable)" option will be ignored.
 
:* '''Category (From Variable)''' - This option requires you to provide the Id of a Category (Value of h_id column in h_sys_profiles table). This can be used when a field that is driven by a Simple List made up of Categories is set up in a Progressive Capture. This option should only be supplied if "Category" option is not set.
 
:* '''System Timeline Update''' - Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
 
:* '''Manual Timeline Update''' - Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
 
:* '''Visibility''' - Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
 
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************* -->
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
<div id="UpdateCustomer"></div>
 
* Update Customer
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
 
::{|
 
 
|- valign="top"
 
|- valign="top"
 
|style="width:700px"|
 
|style="width:700px"|
[[File:bpmupdatecustomer.png|thumb|Update Customer|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/f/f5/Bpmupdatecustomer.png]]
+
[[File:bmplognewrequest.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/05/Bmplognewrequest.png|Log New Request]]
==== Update Customer ====
+
:* '''Request ID'''
Use this node to automatically add or update a request with a Customer
+
:: This is an automatic options and should be set to ''Auto''
==== Options ====
+
:* ''' Summary'''
{{Bullet1|Request ID|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
+
:: To add a summary to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the summary
{{Bullet1|Co-Worker|Select a Co-worker that will be used as the customer of the request}}
+
:* ''' Description'''
{{Bullet1|Contact|Select a Contact that will be used as the customer of the request}}
+
:: To add a description to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the required text for the description
{{Bullet1|Co-worker (From Variable)|Use a variable to populated the customer, based on a Co-worker ID}}
+
{{bullet1|Customer (Co-worker)|The ID of the Customer to assign to the request}}
{{Bullet1|Contact (From Variable)|Use a variable to populate the customer, based on a contact ID}}
+
{{bullet1|Customer (Contact)| The ID of the Contact to assign to the request}}
{{Bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
+
:* ''' Service '''
{{Bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
+
:: To add a Service to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Service from the pick list.  If a Service is specified without a Catalog Item, the BPM workflow set against this request type will be used on the new request.
{{Bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than Customer will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
+
:* ''' Catalog Item '''
|}
+
:: To add a Catalog Item to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and provide the name of the Catalog ItemIf both a Service and Catalog Item are specified, the BPM workflow set against the Catalog item will be used on the new request.
</div>
+
:* ''' Priority '''
</div>
+
:: To add a Priority to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Priority from the pick list
</div>
+
:* ''' Category '''
<!-- **************************************END OF OPERATION DOCUMENTATION***************************************************** -->
+
:: To add a Request Category to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the Category selector.
 
+
:* ''' Team '''
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
+
:: To add a Team to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a team from the pick list
* Custom Fields
+
:* ''' Owner '''
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
+
:: To add an Owner to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select start typing the name of the user and then select them from the pick list
::Requests > Update Request > Custom Fields
+
:* ''' Site '''
 
+
:: To add a Site to the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a Site from the pick list
This provides the ability to update any or all of the custom fields of a requestThe input box is single line only and values should be restricted to 255 characters which is the defined max length for all custom fields.  When populating custom fields please pay attention to the type of value you are populating, and ensure this is compatible with the type of field you have specified for the corresponding custom field in the request type and service form designer in the user interface.  
+
:* ''' Status '''
 
+
:: To set the status on the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select a status from the pick list
[[File:Update_Request_Custom_Fields.png|600px]]
+
:* ''' Copy Customer? '''
:* '''Custom Field A - T & Custom Field 21 to 40''' - Populate the required custom field(s) with the value(s) that you wish to update the custom field(s) with. This can be text and/or attributes from the Variable Picker.
+
:: To use the same Customer as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
:* '''Append Text''' - This determines if the supplied value of the custom field, should append any existing value of the custom field. By default this is set to replace any existing value, with the value defined here.
+
:* ''' Copy Summary? '''
:* '''Format Checkbox Value''' - This option determines whether the value from a checkbox (i.e. Outcome Field from a Human Task) is formatted to remove the square brackets and double quotes. By default, this option is set to "No".
+
:: To use the same Summary as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
:* '''System Timeline Update''' - Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
+
:* ''' Copy Description? '''
:* '''Manual Timeline Update''' - Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
+
:: To use the same Description as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
:* '''Visibility''' - Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
+
:* ''' Copy Service? '''
</div>
+
:: To use the same Service as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
</div>
+
:* ''' Copy Priority? '''
 
+
:: To use the same Priority as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
<!-- **************************************************** START OF UPDATE DETAILS ************************************************************** -->
+
:* ''' Copy Category? '''
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px" id="Details">
+
:: To use the same Category as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
* Details
+
:* ''' Copy Team? '''
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
+
:: To use the same Team as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
+
:* ''' Copy Owner? '''
::{|
+
:: To use the same Owner as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
|- valign="top"
+
:* ''' Copy Site? '''
|style="width:700px"|
+
:: To use the same Site as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
[[File:updaterequestdetailsbpm.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/9e/Updaterequestdetailsbpm.png|Update Request Details BPM]] Use this operation to update the Summary and Description of a request.  You can either add a new summary or description or append to the existing values. 
+
:* ''' Copy Status? '''
:* '''Request Id'''
+
:: To use the same Status as the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
:: This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''.
+
:* ''' Copy Questions? '''
:* '''Summary'''
+
:: To use the same answers to the questions section on the originating request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
:: Set to ''Auto'' if you want to use an output variable from a previous BPM operation where that variable is named ''summary''.  If the variable ''summary'' does not exist, no action will be taken.  Set to ''Manual'' to provide the information to be used to update the summary. This can include the use of [[Request Variables| Request Variables]].  Set to ''Ignore'' if no action is required.
+
{{Bullet1|Copy Assets|Copy the assets that are associated to the original request. Set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''}}
:* '''Description'''
+
:* ''' System Timeline Update '''
:: Set to ''Auto'' if you want to use an output variable from a previous BPM operation where that variable is named ''description''.  If the variable ''description'' does not exist, no action will be taken.  Set to ''Manual'' to provide the information to be used to update the Description. This can include the use of [[Request Variables| Request Variables]].  Set to ''Ignore'' if no action is required.
+
:: To include a Timeline entry in the new request to record the raising of the new request, set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes''
:* '''Append Text'''
+
:* ''' Manual Timeline Update '''
:: Set to ''Auto'' if the update is to replace the existing text. Set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes'' to append the update to the end of the existing text
+
:: To provide a unique Timeline Update in the new request, set to ''Manual'' and click on the edit button to open the text window to add your unique timeline entry.
:* '''System Timeline Update'''
+
:* ''' Visibility'''
:: Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
+
:: Set the Visibility of the Timeline Entry if one is provided.
:* '''Manual Timeline Update'''
 
:: Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
 
:* '''Visibility'''  
 
:: Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.  
 
 
|}
 
|}
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
<!-- **************************************************** END OF UPDATE DETAILS ************************************************************** -->
 
  
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
* External Reference
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 
:: Use this operation to update the External Reference field that is held against the requests.
 
  
[[File:bp_update_external_ref.png|600px]]
+
{{infobox|Using these options in your business processes, please be aware of where you are invoking them / placing them in the workflow, and  in turn which business processes are going to be invoked against the new Incident or Service Request raised.  Please avoid scenario's where one business process may invoke the logging of a new request, where the new request's business process immediately is configured to log a new request which again has a business process which again logs another request immediately creating a loop. The result of which may be a lot of unwanted requests.  In the event this occurs, disable the causing business process and resolve the issue.}}
:* '''External Reference'''
+
 
:: Either enter an external reference number or use the variable picker to take the External Reference held in a variable
+
 
 +
=== Questions ===
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Delete_Questions|Delete Questions|
 +
[[File:bpmdeletequestions.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/26/Bpmdeletequestions.png]]|
 +
This Hornbill Automation will delete the entire Questions section on a request.  This can be used to remove this information once it has performed its use and it no longer required.  |
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Timeline Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than Customer will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
 
 +
 
 +
===Request Service===
 +
 
 +
Use the Request Service node, if you wish to automate the availability status setting of the service associated to a request, or to automate adding related services of the request service to the request.
 +
 
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 +
* Add Related Services
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 +
:* '''Request ID''' - This is an automatic option and should be set to ''Auto''
 +
:* '''Relationship Type''' - Select which services to relate to the request, based on their relationship type to the request service.
 +
:* '''System Timeline Update''' - Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
 +
:* '''Manual Timeline Update''' - Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
 +
:* '''Visibility''' -  Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than Customer will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
 +
 
 +
[[File:update_related_services_bpm.png|centre|600px]]
 +
</div>
 +
</div>
 +
 
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 +
* Update Service Status
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 +
:* '''Request ID''' - This is an automatic options and should be set to ''Auto''
 +
:* '''Status''' - Select the Status to set the Request Service's Availability too, or choose No Status if no Status is required to be displayed for the Service.
 +
:* '''Status Message''' - An optional message to be displayed alongside the Status - this will be visible to both analysts supporting the service, and customers subscribed to the service.
 +
[[File:Update_Request_Service_Status.png|centre|600px]]
 +
</div>
 +
 
 +
 
 +
 
 +
===Suspend===
 +
 
 +
Use the Suspend nodes if you wish to suspend the progress of the workflow until a defined action is performed manually on the Request.  This could include waiting for a Priority to be set,  a Customer added, Ownership set or the Resolution defined.  Configuration options include the ability to specify the context (which Action Bar icon) the Request will appear in whilst waiting for the Suspend (manual action) to be performed.
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Await_Expiry|Await Expiry|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforexpiry.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/29/Bpmwaitforexpiry.png]]|
 +
Use this suspend node to suspend a Request's workflow until the expire period has been reached.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.  If you wish to use a date/time for expiry, set this option to "ignore" and set the'Expire Date/Time' option below instead.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expiry Date/Time|This option determines when the node expires. A date/time value must be supplied (e.g. 2040-01-01T12:00:00Z) which can be injected from the Variable Picker. If the "expire period" option has been set, any value in this 'Expire Date/Time' option will be disregarded.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Authorisers|Wait for List of Request Authorisers|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforlistofapprovers.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/8/89/Bpmwaitforlistofapprovers.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to present an Authorization Action on a request form that lets you manually assign authorisers at a particular point in the BPM Workflow.  Once all authorisers have been submitted, an authorisation task will be sent to all the selected users (''Requests > Suspend > List of Request Authorisers'')|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Authorisation Type|There are three available Authorization Types.  ''Individual'' - Only one of the selected authorizers will be required to approve the authorization in order to proceed.  ''Majority'' - At least half of the selected authorizers will be required to approve the authorization in order to proceed.  ''Unanimous'' - All of the selected authorizers must approve the authorization in order to proceed.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Use Previous Authorisers|If a list of authorisers had previously been selected in a preceding authorisation, selecting 'Yes' will reuse this list of authorisers}}
 +
{{bullet1|Service Owner|Selecting ''Yes'' will automatically include the owner of the service that the requests is raised against, to the list of authorizers}}
 +
{{bullet1|Linked Services Owners|Selecting ''Yes'' will automatically include the owners of the services that are linked to the request, to the list of authorizers}}
 +
{{bullet1|Linked Assets Owners|Selecting ''Yes'' will automatically include the owners of the assets that are linked to the request, to the list of authorizers}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
 
 +
:[[File:Information.png|14px|text-top|Information]] Once the authorisers have been submited the ''Auto Assign Authorisation'' BPM node is used to distribute the authorisation tasks.  The ''Auto Assign Authorisation'' BPM Node must follow the ''Wait for List of Request Authorisors'' BPM Node, either immediately after or later on in the workflow at the point when you want the authorisations to be sent out.
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Attachment|Wait for Attachment|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforattachment.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/67/Bpmwaitforattachment.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an attachment has been added to the request|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Closure|Wait for Request Closure|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforclosure.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/0a/Bpmwaitforclosure.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the request has a status of ''closed''.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Closure_Category|Wait for Request Closure Category|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforclosurecategory.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/2/2b/Bpmwaitforclosurecategory.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the Closure Category has been set.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Customer|Wait for Customer|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforcustomer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a2/Bpmwaitforcustomer.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the Customer has been set.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|SuspendAndWaitForFeedback|Wait for Feedback|
 +
[[File:bpmswaitforfeedback.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/8/83/Bpmswaitforfeedback.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the Customer has provided feedback on the request.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Description|Wait for Request Description|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitfordescription.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/ad/Bpmwaitfordescription.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until a description has been provided on the request.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Document|Wait for Document|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitfordocument.png|thumb|link=]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until a document from Document Manager has been linked to the request|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|waitForRequestEmail|Wait for Request Email|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestemail.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/a/a1/Bpmwaitforrequestemail.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an email has been sent from the request.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_External_Reference|Wait for External Reference|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforexternalreference.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/9c/Bpmwaitforexternalreference.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an external reference has been provided.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Impact_Assessment|Wait for Impact Assessment|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforimpactassessment.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/c9/Bpmwaitforimpactassessment.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an Impact Assessment has been completed|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Linked_Assets|Wait for Linked Assets|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforlinkedassets.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/d/df/Bpmwaitforlinkedassets.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until one or more Assets have been linked to the request|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|waitForLinkedRequest|Wait for Linked Request|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforlinkedrequest.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/51/Bpmwaitforlinkedrequest.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until a linked request has been added|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Request Type|This limits the suspend to only wait for updates from linked requests of the selected type}}
 +
{{bullet1|Linked Request ID|This limits the suspend to only wait for updates from a linked request with provided Request ID.  This can use variables to automatically populate this information.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Contains|Include a string of text which will match the text within the linked request's timeline}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|waitForLinkedRequestsCompletion|Wait for Linked Requests Completion|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforlinkedrequestscompletion.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/05/Bpmwaitforlinkedrequestscompletion.png]]|
 +
This automation suspends the workflow and waits for linked requests to be of a specified status before being allowed to continue.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Resolved linked requests are completed|(Yes, No) "resolved" request status constitutes the completion of a linked request (Default: Yes).}}
 +
{{bullet1|Closed linked requests are completed|(Yes, No) "closed" request status constitutes the completion of a linked request (Default: Yes)}}
 +
{{bullet1|Cancelled linked requests are completed|(Yes, No) "cancelled" request status constitutes the completion of a linked request (Default: Yes)}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus| This option determines the Action Tab that a Request will focus on while the process is suspended.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|waitForLinkedRequestUpdate|Wait for Linked Request Update|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforlinkedrequestupdate.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/f/fc/Bpmwaitforlinkedrequestupdate.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an update has been made on a linked request.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Request Type|This limits the suspend to only wait for updates from linked requests of the selected type}}
 +
{{bullet1|Linked Request ID|This limits the suspend to only wait for updates from a linked request with provided Request ID.  This can use variables to automatically populate this information.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Contains|Include a string of text which will match the text within the linked request's timeline}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Linked_Services|Wait for Linked Services|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforlinkedservice.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/6/61/Bpmwaitforlinkedservice.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an external reference has been provided.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_New_Request_Owner|Wait for New Request Owner|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitfornewrequestowner.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/54/Bpmwaitfornewrequestowner.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the ownership of the request has been changed from one owner to another.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Off_Hold|Wait for Request Off Hold|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforoffhold.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/3/3d/Bpmwaitforoffhold.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the request status has come off hold.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Owner|Wait for Request Owner|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforowner.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/e/ec/Bpmwaitforowner.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an owner has been assigned to the request.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Priority|Wait for Request Priority|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforpriority.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/b/b5/Bpmwaitforpriority.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until a priority has been set on the request.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Category|Wait for Request Category|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestcategory.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/b/b2/Bpmwaitforrequestcategory.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until a category has been set on the request.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Resolution|Wait for Request Resolution|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestresolution.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/f/f5/Bpmwaitforrequestresolution.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the request status has been set to resolved.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Site|Wait for Request Site|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestsite.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/4/4b/Bpmwaitforrequestsite.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until a site has been linked to the request.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Status_Change|Wait for Status Change|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforstatuschange.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/0/04/Bpmwaitforstatuschange.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the status of the request has changed from one status to another.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|From Status|The workflow will only continue when the request is changed from this status}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Summary|Wait for Request Summary|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestsummary.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/4/47/Bpmwaitforrequestsummary.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until the summary has bee set against the request|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Team|Wait for Request Team|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestteam.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/4/46/Bpmwaitforrequestteam.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an team has been assigned to the request.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Wait_for_Request_Update|Wait for Request Update|
 +
[[File:bpmwaitforrequestupdate.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/c2/Bpmwaitforrequestupdate.png]]|
 +
Use this Hornbill Automation to suspend a Request's workflow until an update, using the Update Action has been added to the request.|
 +
{{bullet1|Request Id|In almost all cases, this should be set to ''Auto'' which will take the global variable for the request ID that the BPM is associated and apply all selected options to this request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Action Focus|Sets the Action Item on a request that will be in focus.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Expire Period|The length of time to wait until the node expires and the workflow will automatically continue.  This is based on the Working Time Calendar defined in the setting '''guest.app.timer.defaultCalendar'''.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Add Notice|Select Yes to add a notice to the top of the request}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Type|The type of notice (Alert or Information). The default value is "Information".}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Text|The text that will be displayed. This has a limit of 255 characters}}
 +
{{bullet1|Notice Visibility|The visibility of the notice (Portals | Service Desk | Both). The default value is "Service Desk"}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
===Update Request===
 +
 
 +
Use the Update Request node to automatically update the values of specific Request attributes at any stage in the process.  Examples being updating the Logging or Closing Categories of a Request.
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 +
* Logging Category
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 +
::Requests > Update Request > Logging Category
 +
 
 +
Specify the logging category which will associated to the request.  This is typically used where the category of the request is known based on the business process being associated against a specific request catalog item, and as such the analyst is not required to make a manual assessment and categorisation.
 +
 
 +
[[File:updateRequestCategoryNew.jpg|700px]]
 +
:* '''Category''' - This option will prompt you to select a Category. If supplied, "Category (From Variable)" option will be ignored.
 +
:* '''Category (From Variable)''' - This option requires you to provide the Id of a Category (Value of h_id column in h_sys_profiles table). This can be used when a field that is driven by a Simple List made up of Categories is set up in a Progressive Capture. This option should only be supplied if "Category" option is not set.
 +
:* '''System Timeline Update''' - Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
 +
:* '''Manual Timeline Update''' - Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
 +
:* '''Visibility''' - Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
 +
</div>
 +
</div>
 +
 
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 +
* Closure Category
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 +
::Requests > Update Request > Closure Category
 +
 
 +
Specify the closure category which will be associated to the request. This is typically used where the business process is set to automatically resolve or close and the analyst is not required to manually resolve and specify a closure category. 
 +
 
 +
[[File:Closure_Category.png|600px]]
 +
:* '''Category''' - This option will prompt you to select a Category. If supplied, "Category (From Variable)" option will be ignored.
 +
:* '''Category (From Variable)''' - This option requires you to provide the Id of a Category (Value of h_id column in h_sys_profiles table). This can be used when a field that is driven by a Simple List made up of Categories is set up in a Progressive Capture. This option should only be supplied if "Category" option is not set.
 +
:* '''System Timeline Update''' - Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
 +
:* '''Manual Timeline Update''' - Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
 +
:* '''Visibility''' - Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
 +
</div>
 +
</div>
 +
 
 +
 
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 +
<div id="UpdateCustomer"></div>
 +
* Update Customer
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 +
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
 +
::{|
 +
|- valign="top"
 +
|style="width:700px"|
 +
[[File:bpmupdatecustomer.png|thumb|Update Customer|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/f/f5/Bpmupdatecustomer.png]]
 +
==== Update Customer ====
 +
Use this node to automatically add or update a request with a Customer
 +
==== Options ====
 +
{{Bullet1|Request ID|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM. This should be set to Auto}}
 +
{{Bullet1|Co-Worker|Select a Co-worker that will be used as the customer of the request}}
 +
{{Bullet1|Contact|Select a Contact that will be used as the customer of the request}}
 +
{{Bullet1|Co-worker (From Variable)|Use a variable to populated the customer, based on a Co-worker ID}}
 +
{{Bullet1|Contact (From Variable)|Use a variable to populate the customer, based on a contact ID}}
 +
{{Bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 +
{{Bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 +
{{Bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than Customer will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
 +
|}
 +
</div>
 +
</div>
 +
</div>
 +
 
 +
{{BPMAutomation|updateCustomFields|Update Custom Fields|
 +
[[File:updateCustomFields.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/4/49/UpdateCustomFields.png]]|
 +
This provides the ability to update any or all of the custom fields of a request.  The input box is single line only and values should be restricted to 255 characters which is the defined max length for all custom fields.  When populating custom fields please pay attention to the type of value you are populating, and ensure this is compatible with the type of field you have specified for the corresponding custom field in the request type and service form designer in the user interface.|
 +
{{bullet1|Custom Field A - T & Custom Field 21 to 40|Populate the required custom field(s) with the value(s) that you wish to update the custom field(s) with. This can be text and/or attributes from the Variable Picker.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Append Text|This determines if the supplied value of the custom field, should append any existing value of the custom field. By default this is set to replace any existing value, with the value defined here.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Format Checkbox Value|This option determines whether the value from a checkbox (i.e. Outcome Field from a Human Task) is formatted to remove the square brackets and double quotes. By default, this option is set to "No".}}
 +
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action.}}
 +
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
 +
}}
 +
 
 +
 
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px" id="Details">
 +
* Details
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 +
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
 +
::{|
 +
|- valign="top"
 +
|style="width:700px"|
 +
[[File:updaterequestdetailsbpm.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/9e/Updaterequestdetailsbpm.png|Update Request Details BPM]] Use this operation to update the Summary and Description of a request.  You can either add a new summary or description or append to the existing values. 
 +
:* '''Request Id'''
 +
:: This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''.
 +
:* '''Summary'''
 +
:: Set to ''Auto'' if you want to use an output variable from a previous BPM operation where that variable is named ''summary''.  If the variable ''summary'' does not exist, no action will be taken.  Set to ''Manual'' to provide the information to be used to update the summary. This can include the use of [[Request Variables| Request Variables]].  Set to ''Ignore'' if no action is required.
 +
:* '''Description'''
 +
:: Set to ''Auto'' if you want to use an output variable from a previous BPM operation where that variable is named ''description''.  If the variable ''description'' does not exist, no action will be taken.  Set to ''Manual'' to provide the information to be used to update the Description. This can include the use of [[Request Variables| Request Variables]].  Set to ''Ignore'' if no action is required.
 +
:* '''Append Text'''
 +
:: Set to ''Auto'' if the update is to replace the existing text.  Set to ''Manual'' and select ''Yes'' to append the update to the end of the existing text
 +
:* '''System Timeline Update'''
 +
:: Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
 +
:* '''Manual Timeline Update'''
 +
:: Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
 +
:* '''Visibility'''
 +
:: Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
 +
|}
 +
</div>
 +
</div>
 +
</div>
 +
 
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 +
* External Reference
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 +
:: Use this operation to update the External Reference field that is held against the requests.
 +
 
 +
[[File:bp_update_external_ref.png|600px]]
 +
:* '''External Reference'''
 +
:: Either enter an external reference number or use the variable picker to take the External Reference held in a variable
 +
:* '''System Timeline Update'''
 +
:: Select ''Yes''if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
 +
:* '''Manual Timeline Update'''
 +
:: Select ''Yes'' to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
 +
:* '''Visibility'''
 +
:: Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
 +
</div>
 +
</div>
 +
 
 +
 
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px" id="Details">
 +
<div id="FirstTimeFix"></div>
 +
* First Time Fix
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 +
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
 +
::{|
 +
|- valign="top"
 +
|style="width:700px"|
 +
[[File:firsttimefixbpm.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/f/f8/Firsttimefixbpm.png|First Time Fix]] Use this operation to update the First Time Fix flag on a request.  You can apply the rules to set the requirements for a first time fix. This operation should be added at point within the workflow when the request has reached a resolved state. 
 +
:* '''Request Id'''
 +
:: This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''.
 +
:* '''No Team Reassignments'''
 +
:: Set to ''Yes'' If you wish to include the rule that there must not be any team reassignments in order to be classed as a first time fix. Set to ''Auto'' or ''No'' to exclude this rule.
 +
:* '''No Owner Reassignments'''
 +
:: Set to ''Yes'' If you wish to include the rule that there must not be any owner reassignments in order to be classed as a first time fix. Set to ''Auto'' or ''No'' to exclude this rule.
 +
:* '''No Hold Time'''
 +
:: Set to ''Yes'' If you wish to include the rule that there must not be any point at which this request was placed on hold. Set to ''Auto'' or ''No'' to exclude this rule.
 +
:* '''Max Open Time'''
 +
:: Set to ''Manual'' and add an amount of time to include the rule that the request must be resolved within this time frame to count as a first time fix.  Set to ''Auto'' to exclude this rule. Putting a request on-hold does not extend the ''Max Open Time''.
 +
:* '''Include Working Time Calendar'''
 +
:: Set to ''Manual'' and chose a Working Time Calendar to include the use of a Working Time Calendar when calculating the ''Max Open Time''.  Set to ''Auto'' to exclude this rule
 +
:* '''System Timeline Update'''
 +
:: Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
 +
:* '''Manual Timeline Update'''
 +
:: Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
 +
:* '''Visibility'''
 +
:: Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
 +
|}
 +
</div>
 +
</div>
 +
</div>
 +
 
 +
 
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 +
* Place On Hold
 +
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 +
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
 +
::{|
 +
|- valign="top"
 +
|style="width:700px"|
 +
 
 +
[[File:bpmplaceonhold.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/5c/Bpmplaceonhold.png|Place On Hold]] Use this operation to automatically put a request on-hold when a point within the workflow has been reached.
 +
:* '''Request Id'''
 +
:: This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''.
 +
:* '''On Hold Period'''
 +
:: Enter the number of Years, Months, Days, Hours, and Minutes that the request will be on hold for.
 +
:* '''On Hold Period Apply Working Time Calendar'''
 +
:: Set this to ''Yes'' to apply the WTC that is associated to the request to be used.  This will ensure that the request comes off hold during work hours.
 +
:* '''Reason'''
 +
:: Include information that describes the reason for the request being placed on-hold.
 
:* '''System Timeline Update'''
 
:* '''System Timeline Update'''
:: Select ''Yes''if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
+
:: Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
 
:* '''Manual Timeline Update'''
 
:* '''Manual Timeline Update'''
:: Select ''Yes'' to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
+
:: Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
:* '''Visibility'''
+
:* '''Visibility'''  
:: Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
+
:: Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
 +
:* '''Sub-Status'''
 +
:: Set the sub-status of the request when the request is placed on-hold
 +
|}
 +
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
  
<!-- **************************************************** START OF FIRST TIME FIX ************************************************************** -->
+
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px" id="Details">
+
* Priority
<div id="FirstTimeFix"></div>
 
* First Time Fix
 
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
+
::Requests > Update Request > Priority
::{|
+
 
|- valign="top"
+
Use this node to set the '''Priority'''' of the request.  This can be useful when your business process is supporting a specific request catalog item, and the '''Priority''' for such items can be predetermined and therefore can be set. It is also useful to use within a process where a decision node may branch and different '''Priorities''' are possible depending on the path followed. Decide if the setting of the '''Priority''' should also mark the request timeline.
|style="width:700px"|
+
 
[[File:firsttimefixbpm.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/f/f8/Firsttimefixbpm.png|First Time Fix]] Use this operation to update the First Time Fix flag on a request.  You can apply the rules to set the requirements for a first time fix. This operation should be added at point within the workflow when the request has reached a resolved state. 
+
[[File:Update_Priority.png|600px]]
:* '''Request Id'''
+
:* '''System Timeline Update''' - Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
:: This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''.
+
:* '''Manual Timeline Update''' - Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
:* '''No Team Reassignments'''
+
:* '''Visibility''' - Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.  
:: Set to ''Yes'' If you wish to include the rule that there must not be any team reassignments in order to be classed as a first time fix. Set to ''Auto'' or ''No'' to exclude this rule.
 
:* '''No Owner Reassignments'''
 
:: Set to ''Yes'' If you wish to include the rule that there must not be any owner reassignments in order to be classed as a first time fix. Set to ''Auto'' or ''No'' to exclude this rule.
 
:* '''No Hold Time'''
 
:: Set to ''Yes'' If you wish to include the rule that there must not be any point at which this request was placed on hold. Set to ''Auto'' or ''No'' to exclude this rule.
 
:* '''Max Open Time'''
 
:: Set to ''Manual'' and add an amount of time to include the rule that the request must be resolved within this time frame to count as a first time fix.  Set to ''Auto'' to exclude this rule. Putting a request on-hold does not extend the ''Max Open Time''.
 
:* '''Include Working Time Calendar'''
 
:: Set to ''Manual'' and chose a Working Time Calendar to include the use of a Working Time Calendar when calculating the ''Max Open Time''. Set to ''Auto'' to exclude this rule
 
:* '''System Timeline Update'''
 
:: Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
 
:* '''Manual Timeline Update'''
 
:: Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
 
:* '''Visibility'''  
 
:: Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than ''Customer'' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.  
 
|}
 
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
</div>
 
<!-- **************************************************** END OF FIRST TIME FIX ************************************************************** -->
 
  
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
* Place On Hold
+
* Resolution Text
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
<div style="border:1px solid #e6e6e6; background:#f2f2f2; width:99%; padding:4px; margin-bottom:10px;">
+
::Requests > Update Request > Resolution Text
::{|
+
 
|- valign="top"
+
Use this node to set the '''Resolution Text'''' of the request.  This can be useful when your business process is supporting a specific request catalog item, and the '''Resolution''' for such items can be predetermined and therefore can be set.
|style="width:700px"|
 
  
[[File:bpmplaceonhold.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/5c/Bpmplaceonhold.png|Place On Hold]] Use this operation to automatically put a request on-hold when a point within the workflow has been reached.
+
[[File:Update_Request_Resolution_text.png|600px]]
:* '''Request Id'''
+
:* '''Resolution Text''' - The text which will appear in the resolution text box (this can include the use of request variables)
:: This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''.
+
:* '''Overwrite Resolution Text''' - Decide if this option should overwrite and replace any existing text in the resolution field - by default this is set to No
:* '''On Hold Period'''
 
:: Enter the number of Years, Months, Days, Hours, and Minutes that the request will be on hold for.
 
:* '''On Hold Period Apply Working Time Calendar'''
 
:: Set this to ''Yes'' to apply the WTC that is associated to the request to be used.  This will ensure that the request comes off hold during work hours.
 
:* '''Reason'''
 
:: Include information that describes the reason for the request being placed on-hold.
 
:* '''System Timeline Update'''
 
:: Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
 
:* '''Manual Timeline Update'''
 
:: Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
 
:* '''Visibility'''
 
:: Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
 
:* '''Sub-Status'''
 
:: Set the sub-status of the request when the request is placed on-hold
 
|}
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
 
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
* Priority
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 
::Requests > Update Request > Priority
 
 
 
Use this node to set the '''Priority'''' of the request.  This can be useful when your business process is supporting a specific request catalog item, and the '''Priority''' for such items can be predetermined and therefore can be set.  It is also useful to use within a process where a decision node may branch and different '''Priorities''' are possible depending on the path followed.  Decide if the setting of the '''Priority''' should also mark the request timeline.
 
 
 
[[File:Update_Priority.png|600px]]
 
 
:* '''System Timeline Update''' - Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
 
:* '''System Timeline Update''' - Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
 
:* '''Manual Timeline Update''' - Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
 
:* '''Manual Timeline Update''' - Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
Line 2,822: Line 2,939:
 
</div>
 
</div>
  
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
* Resolution Text
 
<div class="mw-collapsible-content">
 
::Requests > Update Request > Resolution Text
 
 
Use this node to set the '''Resolution Text'''' of the request.  This can be useful when your business process is supporting a specific request catalog item, and the '''Resolution''' for such items can be predetermined and therefore can be set.
 
 
[[File:Update_Request_Resolution_text.png|600px]]
 
:* '''Resolution Text''' - The text which will appear in the resolution text box (this can include the use of request variables)
 
:* '''Overwrite Resolution Text''' - Decide if this option should overwrite and replace any existing text in the resolution field - by default this is set to No
 
:* '''System Timeline Update''' - Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action
 
:* '''Manual Timeline Update''' - Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action
 
:* '''Visibility''' - Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update.  Choosing anything other than '''Customer''' will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                Update Service                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Service|Service|
 
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Service|Service|
 
[[File:bpm_update_service.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/13/Bpm_update_service.png]]|
 
[[File:bpm_update_service.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/1/13/Bpm_update_service.png]]|
Line 2,851: Line 2,950:
 
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than Customer will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than Customer will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                Update Service Level                                                      * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
  
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
Line 2,867: Line 2,964:
 
</div>
 
</div>
  
<!-- ************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                      Update Site                                                          * -->
 
<!-- ************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
<div id="UpdateSite"></div>
 
<div id="UpdateSite"></div>
Line 2,899: Line 2,994:
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
<!-- ************************************************************************************************************** -->
+
 
<!-- *                                      Update Site (Customer's Site)                                        * -->
 
<!-- ************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
* Site (Customer' Site)
 
* Site (Customer' Site)
Line 2,970: Line 3,063:
 
</div>
 
</div>
  
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- *                                                      Request Timers                                                      * -->
 
<!-- *                                                                                                                            * -->
 
<!-- ****************************************************************************************************************************** -->
 
  
 
===Request Timers===
 
===Request Timers===
Line 2,991: Line 3,079:
 
{{bullet1|Using BPM nodes to control resolution timers|If you are using this BPM node to control resolution timers the four settings above should all be turned off; If any settings are enabled then they will take precedence over BPM actions. To enable pause/resume of a resolved request you can add the Timer > Pause Resolution Timer or Timer > Resume Resolution Timer BPM nodes as required in your BPM process.}}
 
{{bullet1|Using BPM nodes to control resolution timers|If you are using this BPM node to control resolution timers the four settings above should all be turned off; If any settings are enabled then they will take precedence over BPM actions. To enable pause/resume of a resolved request you can add the Timer > Pause Resolution Timer or Timer > Resume Resolution Timer BPM nodes as required in your BPM process.}}
 
<br>
 
<br>
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  Start Resolution Timer                                                      -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
* Start Resolver Timer
 
* Start Resolver Timer
Line 3,004: Line 3,090:
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  Stop Resolution Timer                                                      -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
* Stop Resolution Timer
 
* Stop Resolution Timer
Line 3,017: Line 3,101:
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                    Start Response Timer                                                      -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
* Start Response Timer
 
* Start Response Timer
Line 3,030: Line 3,112:
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                    Stop Response Timer                                                        -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" data-collapsetext="Show Less" data-expandtext="Read More" style="width:700px">
 
* Stop Response Timer
 
* Stop Response Timer
Line 3,043: Line 3,123:
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
 
</div>
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                  Pause Resolution Timer                                                      -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|Pause_Resolution_Timer|Pause Resolution Timer|
 
{{BPMAutomation|Pause_Resolution_Timer|Pause Resolution Timer|
 
[[File:Pause_Resolution_Timer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/58/Pause_Resolution_Timer.png]]|
 
[[File:Pause_Resolution_Timer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/5/58/Pause_Resolution_Timer.png]]|
Line 3,051: Line 3,129:
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
}}
 
}}
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
+
 
<!-- *                                                Resume Resolution Timer                                                      -->
 
<!-- ******************************************************************************************************************************* -->
 
 
{{BPMAutomation|Resume_Resolution_Timer|Resume Resolution Timer|
 
{{BPMAutomation|Resume_Resolution_Timer|Resume Resolution Timer|
 
[[File:Resume_Resolution_Timer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/c0/Resume_Resolution_Timer.png]]|
 
[[File:Resume_Resolution_Timer.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/c/c0/Resume_Resolution_Timer.png]]|
 
Use this Hornbill Automation to resume Resolution Timer that has been paused.  This is particularly useful in 2 stage closers where the timer can be paused during the resolution stage and then resumed if the request is reopened|
 
Use this Hornbill Automation to resume Resolution Timer that has been paused.  This is particularly useful in 2 stage closers where the timer can be paused during the resolution stage and then resumed if the request is reopened|
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 
{{bullet1|Request Id|This is a mandatory setting that uses a variable to hold the Request Id of the request that is using this BPM.  This should be set to ''Auto''}}
 +
}}
 +
 +
==Services==
 +
 +
Operations specific to services related to the request service
 +
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Update_Realated_Services|Update Related Services|
 +
[[File:Update_Related_Services_BPM.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/9e/Bpmaddcommenttoboard.png]]|
 +
Use this node to update the status of services related to a request at the required stage in a process, this is different from the service the request is logged against|
 +
{{bullet1|RequestId|This is an automatic option and should be set to Auto}}
 +
{{bullet1|Relationship Type|Select which services to update the status of, based on their relationship type to the request service}}
 +
{{bullet1|Status|The Status to set the related services too}}
 +
{{bullet1|Status Message|Any message to be visible alongside the Status of the related services}}
 +
{{bullet1|System Timeline Update|Select if the default system text will be added to the timeline for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Manual Timeline Update|Select Yes to override the default System timeline Text, and add your own text which will appear in the timeline update for this action}}
 +
{{bullet1|Visibility|Choose what level of visibility will be automatically applied to this update. Choosing anything other than Customer will result in the customer not seeing the update in the timeline of their requests on the Service or Customer Portals.}}
 +
 +
}}
 +
 +
==Assets==
 +
 +
Automations specific to an asset entity which can be used as part of Auto Tasks on an asset.
 +
 +
{{BPMAutomation|Get_Asset_Information|Get Asset Information|
 +
[[File:Get_Asset_Information_BPM.png|thumb|link=https://wiki.hornbill.com/images/9/9e/Bpmgeetassetinfo.png]]|
 +
Use this node to get information about a specified asset.|
 +
{{bullet1|Asset Id|This is an automatic option and should be set to Auto when used with an asset entity.}}
 +
 
}}
 
}}
  
 
[[Category:Service Manager]]
 
[[Category:Service Manager]]
 +
-->
 +
[[Category:HDOC]]
 +
<!-- http://127.0.0.1:3000/service-manager-config/customize/bpm/service-manager-business-processes -->

Latest revision as of 20:34, 8 May 2024

This document can now be found at its new location in the Hornbill Document Library.

Service Manager Workflow